1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
112 \paragraph_separation indent
113 \paragraph_indentation default
114 \quotes_language english
117 \paperpagestyle default
118 \tracking_changes false
119 \output_changes false
133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
135 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
139 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 \begin_inset Newline newline
158 \begin_inset Note Note
161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
162 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
178 LatexCommand tableofcontents
185 \begin_layout Chapter
189 \begin_layout Section
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 LyX is a document preparation system.
195 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
196 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
197 It is unlike most other
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
207 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
223 pt type, left justified, 5
224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
236 \begin_layout Standard
237 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
254 \begin_layout Standard
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
268 the format of all of the manuals.
269 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
270 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 \begin_layout Section
291 \begin_layout Standard
292 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
294 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
295 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
299 \begin_layout Standard
300 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
301 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
302 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
304 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
305 only a vertical scrollbar.
306 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
307 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
308 This, however, is due
309 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
310 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
311 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
312 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
314 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
315 this doesn't work for equations yet.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
327 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
332 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
333 ing sections of this documentation.
336 \begin_layout Section
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
346 of the manuals from inside LyX.
347 Just select the manual you want read from the
354 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
358 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
365 \begin_layout Standard
366 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
367 without resorting to configuration files.
368 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
369 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
370 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_inset Index idx
378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
385 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
386 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
391 \begin_inset space \space{}
394 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
395 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
397 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
401 \begin_inset Index idx
404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
405 Reconfiguration of LyX
410 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
413 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
417 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
424 \begin_layout Standard
425 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
426 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 that will be created when using the menu
451 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
470 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
471 \begin_inset Note Note
474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
475 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
483 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
484 More about TeX Code is described in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
495 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
512 \begin_inset Index idx
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 Reconfiguration of LyX
524 \begin_layout Chapter
528 \begin_layout Section
529 Basic File Operations
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
542 \begin_layout Standard
547 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
548 in addition to some more advanced operations:
551 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_inset Graphics
556 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
564 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/file-open.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_inset Graphics
610 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
618 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_inset Graphics
671 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Standard
686 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
687 a few minor differences.
690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
705 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
706 you for a template to use.
707 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
708 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
709 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
717 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
724 \begin_layout Standard
726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
749 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
750 space is just that — a big, blank space.
753 \begin_layout Standard
774 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
779 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
804 will reload the document from disk.
805 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
806 and want to restore it to the last save.
815 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
816 can identify them as your changes.
819 \begin_layout Section
820 Basic Editing Features
821 \begin_inset Index idx
824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
833 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
842 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
843 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
844 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
846 We'll start with cut and paste.
849 \begin_layout Standard
850 As you might expect, the
854 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
855 various other editing features.
856 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
860 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_inset Graphics
867 filename ../images/cut.png
868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
875 \begin_layout Itemize
881 \begin_inset Graphics
882 filename ../images/copy.png
883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
890 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_inset Graphics
897 filename ../images/paste.png
898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
905 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_inset Graphics
940 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
949 \begin_layout Standard
950 The first three are self-explanatory.
951 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
952 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
961 keys also functions as the
966 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
967 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
972 to get back the lost text.
975 \begin_layout Standard
976 \begin_inset Index idx
979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
985 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
994 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
997 \begin_layout Standard
1000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1005 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1022 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1032 will start a new paragraph.
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1036 \begin_inset Index idx
1039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1081 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1086 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1103 button to skip the current word.
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1112 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1123 If the toggle is set, searching for
1124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1135 will not match the word
1136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 Match whole words only
1152 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 \begin_layout Standard
1184 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1185 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1187 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1192 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1199 \begin_layout Section
1201 \begin_inset Index idx
1204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1223 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1232 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1238 or the toolbar button
1239 \begin_inset Graphics
1240 filename ../images/undo.png
1241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1245 to undo some mistake.
1246 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1251 or the toolbar button
1252 \begin_inset Graphics
1253 filename ../images/redo.png
1254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1270 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1284 This is a consequence of the 100
1285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1288 step undo limit, above.
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1300 work on almost everything in LyX.
1301 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset Index idx
1310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1323 \begin_layout Enumerate
1328 \begin_layout Itemize
1333 once anywhere in the edit window.
1334 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1338 \begin_layout Enumerate
1343 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1355 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1358 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1375 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1389 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1394 \begin_layout Section
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1398 name "sec:Navigating"
1403 \begin_inset Index idx
1406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1419 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1425 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1428 \begin_layout Itemize
1431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1434 or the toolbar button
1435 \begin_inset Graphics
1436 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1446 (TOC) that is described in section
1447 \begin_inset space ~
1451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1453 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1458 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1460 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1461 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1462 to the document, see section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1478 option sorts the current list, and the
1482 option keeps it in the current view state.
1483 Keeping means that when you have e.
1484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1488 \begin_inset space \space{}
1491 the subsections of section
1492 \begin_inset space ~
1495 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1499 3, the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1508 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1517 \begin_inset space \space{}
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/down.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/up.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1550 So you can for example move section
1551 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_inset space ~
1559 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/promote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/demote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 or the corresponding key bindings
1582 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1583 So you can for example make section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_layout Standard
1600 \begin_inset Graphics
1601 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1607 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1608 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1609 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1610 go back to your last editing position.
1613 \begin_layout Section
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1625 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_inset Index idx
1633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1677 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1678 is used to propose completions.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1683 there are completions available.
1684 You can then press the
1688 key to use this completion.
1689 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1690 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1691 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1699 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1706 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 by deselecting the option
1716 Automatic inline completion
1718 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1719 To accept this proposal, use the
1728 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1729 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1737 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1744 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_inset Index idx
1749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_inset Index idx
1791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1823 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1824 LyX's default is CUA.
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1839 \begin_inset space ~
1860 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1864 \begin_layout Labeling
1865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1870 LatexCommand nomenclature
1872 description "Tabulator key"
1878 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1879 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1893 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1897 , especially section
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sub:Lists"
1910 If you're still confused, look in the
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1922 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1923 LatexCommand nomenclature
1925 description "Escape key"
1932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1939 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1940 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1943 \begin_layout Labeling
1944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1961 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1962 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1967 There are three modifier keys:
1970 \begin_layout Labeling
1971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1989 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1990 LatexCommand nomenclature
1992 description "Control key"
1996 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1997 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2001 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2013 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2025 \begin_layout Itemize
2034 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2038 \begin_layout Labeling
2039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2058 LatexCommand nomenclature
2060 description "Shift key"
2064 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2065 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2088 LatexCommand nomenclature
2090 description "Alt or Meta key"
2094 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2095 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2096 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2102 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2104 menu accelerator keys
2107 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2108 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2112 \begin_layout Standard
2113 For example, the sequence
2114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2124 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2178 manual lists all other things bound to the
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2188 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2189 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2190 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2191 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2192 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2193 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2194 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 followed by a capital
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2218 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2220 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 as explained in sec.
2229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2235 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2242 \begin_layout Chapter
2244 \begin_inset Index idx
2247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2256 \begin_layout Section
2258 \begin_inset Index idx
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2276 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2277 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2278 numbering schemes, and so on.
2279 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2280 and format the title of your document differently.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2288 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2289 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2290 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2291 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2292 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2297 how to adjust their properties.
2300 \begin_layout Subsection
2302 \begin_inset Index idx
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2314 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You can select a class using the
2324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2326 \begin_inset Index idx
2329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2338 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2351 \begin_layout Description
2352 Article for basic articles
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Report for basic reports
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Book for writing a book
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Letter for US-style letters
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2368 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2370 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2371 can be found in chapter
2373 Special Document Classes
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2386 \begin_layout Description
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2408 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2409 There are three article layouts available.
2410 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2411 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2412 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2413 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2418 sequential numbering
2419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2422 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2423 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2424 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2425 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2428 \begin_layout Description
2429 Beamer Layout for presentations
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2434 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2438 \begin_layout Description
2440 \begin_inset space ~
2443 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2450 \begin_layout Description
2453 Die TeXnische Komödie
2455 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2472 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2478 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2491 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2503 LaTeX document class
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2510 \begin_layout Description
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2523 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2525 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Slides Used to make transparencies
2532 \begin_layout Description
2534 \begin_inset space ~
2537 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2538 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2545 \begin_layout Description
2550 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2556 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2561 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2562 of the document classes.
2565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2574 \begin_inset Index idx
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2588 in the chosen document class.
2589 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2591 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2592 the corresponding module in the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2626 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 Each class has a default set of options.
2657 Here's a quick table describing them:
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2669 \begin_inset Tabular
2670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2671 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 You're probably also wondering what
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset space ~
3147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3152 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3157 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3162 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3172 headings, there are also
3180 headings, and so on.
3181 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sub:Headings"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3199 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3204 \begin_inset Index idx
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 \begin_inset Index idx
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3249 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3250 to use for your document.
3251 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3274 You can choose between the following five options:
3277 \begin_layout Labeling
3278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 Use default page style of current class.
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 No page numbers or headings.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3311 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3312 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3327 \begin_inset Index idx
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3337 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3338 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3340 Check the documentation for the
3344 package for more details,
3345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3359 of paragraphs is described in section
3360 \begin_inset space ~
3364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3366 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3373 \begin_layout Subsection
3374 Paper Size and Orientation
3375 \begin_inset Index idx
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 Document ! Paper size
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3395 You'll find the following options in the menu
3398 \begin_inset space ~
3403 of the dialog of the
3405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3411 \begin_inset Index idx
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3423 \begin_layout Labeling
3424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3428 \begin_inset space ~
3433 What size paper to print on.
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3505 \begin_inset space ~
3510 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3511 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3514 \begin_layout Subsection
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3523 \begin_inset Index idx
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 \begin_inset Index idx
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 Paper margins are set in the menu
3548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_inset Index idx
3555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3566 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3567 the paper format and the font size into account.
3570 \begin_layout Subsection
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3580 That includes the paragraph environments.
3581 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3582 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3583 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3584 paragraph environments to
3588 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3589 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3590 the conversion and why it failed.
3593 \begin_layout Section
3594 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3595 \begin_inset Index idx
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 Paragraph ! Indentation
3607 \begin_layout Subsection
3609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3611 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3620 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3625 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3626 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3627 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3631 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3637 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3638 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3639 language than English.
3640 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3645 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3647 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3648 LyX takes care of that.
3649 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3651 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3652 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3653 of a page, and so on.
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3663 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3664 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3668 of these pre-coded spacings.
3669 We'll explain more later.
3672 \begin_layout Subsection
3673 Paragraph Separation
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3678 Paragraph ! Separation
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 To separate paragraphs, select
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3709 \begin_inset Index idx
3712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3719 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3720 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3735 \begin_inset space ~
3739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3741 reference "cap:Units"
3746 The default length is 30
3747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3753 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3758 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset space ~
3768 dialog and toggle the
3771 \begin_inset space ~
3776 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3779 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3783 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3784 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3788 \begin_layout Standard
3789 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3790 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3793 \begin_layout Subsection
3795 \begin_inset Index idx
3798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3799 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3807 \begin_layout Standard
3810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3814 \begin_inset Index idx
3817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3826 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3829 \begin_inset space ~
3838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3844 \begin_inset Index idx
3847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3848 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3853 installed to use this feature.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Environments
3863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3865 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Environments
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3884 Paragraph environments|(
3892 \begin_layout Subsection
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3919 \begin_inset Newline newline
3922 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3923 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3924 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3933 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 A paragraph environment is simply a
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3946 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3947 scheme, labels, and so on.
3948 Additionally, you can
3949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3956 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3957 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3958 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3959 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3960 days of typewriters.
3961 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3963 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3968 \begin_inset Graphics
3969 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3975 at the left end of the toolbar.
3976 LyX will change the environment of the
3980 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3981 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3982 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3986 \begin_layout Standard
3995 create a new paragraph using the
3999 paragraph environment.
4001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4008 because if you are in one of these environments:
4011 \begin_layout Itemize
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4058 , rather than resetting it to
4063 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4064 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4065 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4066 \begin_inset space ~
4070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4072 reference "sec:Nesting"
4077 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4082 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4083 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4087 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4093 \begin_layout Subsection
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 The default paragraph environment is
4103 It creates a plain paragraph.
4104 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4105 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4106 this manual) are in the
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 You can nest a paragraph using the
4118 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4126 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 \begin_inset Index idx
4131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4150 for thanks or contact information.
4151 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4152 page along with today's date.
4153 For other types of documents, the title
4154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4161 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4180 Here's how you use them:
4183 \begin_layout Itemize
4184 Put the title of your document in the
4191 \begin_layout Itemize
4192 Put the author name in the
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4201 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4207 Note that using this environment is optional.
4208 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4209 If you don't want any date, add the line
4210 \begin_inset Newline newline
4220 \begin_inset Newline newline
4223 to the preamble of your document (menu
4225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 You can use footnotes to insert
4233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4240 or contact information.
4243 \begin_layout Subsection
4245 \begin_inset Index idx
4248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4266 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4271 \begin_inset Index idx
4274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4275 Section headings ! Numbered
4283 \begin_layout Standard
4284 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4288 \begin_layout Enumerate
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4331 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4332 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4333 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4338 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4339 You group the book into chapters.
4340 LyX does similar grouping:
4343 \begin_layout Itemize
4348 is divided in either
4359 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 \begin_layout Itemize
4419 \begin_layout Standard
4420 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4428 Not all document types use the
4432 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4437 is the top-level heading.
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4450 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4451 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4453 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4467 \begin_inset Index idx
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4471 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4479 \begin_layout Standard
4480 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4523 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4524 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4525 table of contents, see section
4526 \begin_inset space ~
4530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4539 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4540 Changing the Numbering
4541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4543 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4552 in the Table of Contents.
4553 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4555 Certain classes start with
4569 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4579 This is something you can change.
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4591 \begin_inset Index idx
4594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4605 \begin_inset space ~
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4614 you'll see two counters.
4619 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4621 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4626 Short Titles of Headings
4627 \begin_inset Index idx
4630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4631 Section headings ! Short titles
4640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4649 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4658 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4659 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4660 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4665 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4666 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4667 To specify a short title, use the menu
4669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4671 \begin_inset space ~
4677 This will insert a box labeled
4678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4694 This also works for captions inside floats.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4698 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4705 \begin_layout Standard
4706 The following information applies to all section headings:
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4725 \begin_layout Subsection
4726 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4744 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4745 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4746 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4747 the text they contain.
4748 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4756 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4769 when you start a new paragraph.
4770 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4774 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4775 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4776 to change back to the
4780 environment yourself.
4783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4800 \begin_inset Index idx
4803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4812 \begin_layout Standard
4813 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4814 time for the differences.
4823 are identical except for one difference:
4827 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4836 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4840 Here's an example of the
4853 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4855 See – no indentation!
4859 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4860 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4861 the other paragraph.
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Here's another example, this time in the
4872 \begin_layout Quotation
4878 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4879 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4880 the first line, then
4884 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4888 you were quoting other text.
4891 \begin_layout Quotation
4892 Here's a new paragraph.
4893 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4894 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 As the examples show,
4902 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4903 They should put quotes in the
4908 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4912 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4921 \begin_inset Index idx
4924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4933 \begin_inset Index idx
4936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4957 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4963 \begin_inset Newline newline
4966 Which I did not rehearse!
4970 It could be much worse.
4971 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4973 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4974 indented a bit more than the first.
4975 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4981 \begin_inset Newline newline
4984 And make things look fine
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4991 arg "newline-insert newline"
4997 \begin_layout Standard
5002 does not indent both margins.
5003 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5004 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5011 arg "newline-insert newline"
5017 \begin_layout Subsection
5019 \begin_inset Index idx
5022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5049 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5058 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5059 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5060 some general features of all four of them.
5063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5070 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5079 reset the environment to
5083 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5084 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5085 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5089 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5092 to break paragraphs.
5095 \begin_layout Standard
5096 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5097 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5099 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5100 you read all of section
5101 \begin_inset space ~
5105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5107 reference "sec:Nesting"
5115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5121 \begin_inset Index idx
5124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5145 paragraph environment.
5146 It has the following properties:
5149 \begin_layout Itemize
5150 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 The items can have any length.
5165 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5166 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5178 environment inside another
5182 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5186 \begin_layout Itemize
5187 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 \begin_inset space ~
5200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5202 reference "sec:Nesting"
5206 for a full explanation of nesting.
5210 \begin_layout Standard
5211 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5220 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5224 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5225 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5228 \begin_layout Itemize
5229 The label for the first level
5233 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the second level is a dash.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 Back out to the third level.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back to the second level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the outermost level.
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 These are the default labels for an
5272 You can customize these labels in the
5274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5277 dialog in the submenu
5284 \begin_inset Index idx
5287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5298 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5319 \begin_inset Index idx
5322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5331 name "sec:Enumerate"
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5343 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5344 It has these properties:
5347 \begin_layout Enumerate
5348 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5361 \begin_layout Enumerate
5366 environment resets the counter to one.
5369 \begin_layout Enumerate
5382 \begin_layout Enumerate
5383 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5384 Items can have any length.
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5391 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5395 \begin_layout Enumerate
5396 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5409 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5410 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5417 \begin_layout Enumerate
5418 The first level of an
5422 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5440 \begin_layout Enumerate
5441 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Back to the third level
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the second level.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the outermost level.
5460 \begin_layout Standard
5461 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5466 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5471 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 There is more to nesting
5480 environments than we've stated here.
5481 You should read section
5482 \begin_inset space ~
5486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5488 reference "sec:Nesting"
5492 to learn more about nesting.
5495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5501 \begin_inset Index idx
5504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5518 list has no fixed label.
5519 Instead, LyX uses the first
5520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5527 of the first line as the label.
5531 \begin_layout Description
5532 Example: This is an example of the
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5553 it is meant that the first hit of the
5557 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5559 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5567 arg "space-insert protected"
5572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5573 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5587 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5591 for more info.) Here is an example:
5594 \begin_layout Description
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5599 Example: This one shows how to use a
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5614 \begin_layout Description
5615 Usage: You should use the
5619 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5620 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5622 It's not a good idea to use a
5626 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5627 You're better off using
5639 paragraphs into them.
5642 \begin_layout Description
5643 Nesting: You can nest
5647 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5653 them from the first line.
5656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5662 \begin_inset Index idx
5665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5679 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5682 \begin_layout Standard
5683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5691 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5696 environment is named
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5717 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5718 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5721 \begin_layout Labeling
5722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5727 labels LyX uses the first
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5735 of each line as the item label.
5740 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5741 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5742 blank as described above.
5745 \begin_layout Labeling
5746 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5747 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5748 the body of the item text.
5749 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5750 label width plus a little extra space.
5754 \begin_layout Labeling
5755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5757 \begin_inset space ~
5760 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5762 If the label width is larger, the label
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 into the first line.
5771 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5772 margin of the rest of the item text.
5775 \begin_layout Labeling
5776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5778 \begin_inset space ~
5781 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5786 environment have the same left margin.
5787 \begin_inset Newline newline
5790 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5793 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5809 determines the default label width.
5810 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 multiple times instead.
5820 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5829 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5837 every time you alter a label in a
5842 \begin_inset Newline newline
5845 The predefined default width is the length of
5846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5855 \begin_inset Newline newline
5859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5867 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5868 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environment the same way like the
5885 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5891 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5900 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5902 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5904 \begin_inset space ~
5908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5910 reference "sec:Nesting"
5914 to learn about nesting.
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 There is yet another feature of the
5922 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5924 You can use additional
5928 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5933 are documented in section
5934 \begin_inset space ~
5938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5940 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5945 Here are some examples:
5946 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5952 \begin_layout Labeling
5953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5954 Left The default for
5961 \begin_layout Labeling
5962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5970 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5979 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5986 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5989 \begin_layout Subsection
5991 \begin_inset Index idx
5994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6011 \begin_inset space ~
6019 \begin_layout Standard
6020 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6028 \begin_inset space ~
6034 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6035 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6036 In contrast, you can use the
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6048 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6049 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6053 \begin_layout Standard
6054 Of course, you're not limited to using
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6075 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6076 some European academic papers.
6079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6083 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6096 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6100 \begin_inset space ~
6105 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6106 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6107 Here's an example of each:
6110 \begin_layout Right Address
6112 \begin_inset Newline newline
6116 \begin_inset Newline newline
6120 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 When is it? What is today?
6126 \begin_layout Standard
6130 \begin_inset space ~
6136 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6137 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6138 Here's an example of the
6145 \begin_layout Address
6147 \begin_inset Newline newline
6150 Where do I send this
6151 \begin_inset Newline newline
6154 Your post office and country
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 As you can see, both
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6170 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6175 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6181 This makes sense, since
6189 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6190 Thus, you have to use
6197 arg "newline-insert newline"
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6206 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6217 menu) to start a new line in an
6224 \begin_inset space ~
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6236 \begin_layout Standard
6237 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6238 or list of references.
6239 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6246 \begin_inset Index idx
6249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6258 \begin_layout Standard
6263 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6264 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6265 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6266 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6270 in anything else or vice versa.
6276 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6277 The book document classes ignores the
6281 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6285 in a letter document class.
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6293 environment does several things for you.
6294 First, it puts the centered label
6295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6303 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6305 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6306 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6307 the subsequent text.
6308 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6309 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6313 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6317 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6318 The new paragraph will still be in the
6323 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6324 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 \begin_inset Float figure
6333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6335 \begin_inset Graphics
6336 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 \begin_inset Caption
6346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6349 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6370 \begin_layout Standard
6371 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6375 environment, but since this document is in the
6376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6383 class, we can't do this.
6384 We inserted it therefore as figure
6385 \begin_inset space ~
6389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6391 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6396 If you've never heard of an
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6404 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6413 \begin_inset Index idx
6416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6425 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6437 environment is used to list references.
6438 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6439 only use it at the end of the document.
6444 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6447 \begin_layout Standard
6448 When you first open a
6452 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6468 depending on the document class.
6469 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6470 Each paragraph of the
6474 environment is a bibliography entry.
6479 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6480 Each new paragraph is still in the
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6488 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6489 by using a BibTeX database.
6490 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6491 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6492 \begin_inset space ~
6496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6498 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6505 \begin_layout Subsection
6509 \begin_inset Index idx
6512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 Paragraph ! LyX code
6519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6528 \begin_layout Standard
6533 environment is another LyX extension.
6534 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6539 key as a fixed whitespace;
6543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6555 \begin_inset space ~
6560 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6565 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6566 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6569 arg "newline-insert newline"
6586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6587 So, when you finish using the
6591 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6592 Also, you can nest the
6596 environment inside of others.
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 arg "newline-insert newline"
6610 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6615 \begin_inset space \space{}
6625 arg "newline-insert newline"
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6635 arg "newline-insert newline"
6646 \begin_layout Itemize
6651 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6658 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 arg "space-insert protected"
6669 \begin_layout Itemize
6670 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6671 You must put at least one
6675 in any line you want blank.
6676 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6679 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6684 since that will insert
6689 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6692 arg "self-insert \""
6698 \begin_layout Standard
6702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6719 printf("Hello World!
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 This is just the standard
6734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6745 \begin_layout Standard
6750 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6751 rc-files, and so on.
6752 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6753 as if you used a typewriter.
6754 \begin_inset Index idx
6757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 Paragraph environments|)
6766 \begin_layout Section
6767 Nesting Environments
6768 \begin_inset Index idx
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 Nesting ! Environments
6778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6787 \begin_layout Subsection
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6794 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6796 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6798 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6810 \begin_layout Enumerate
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 \begin_layout Standard
6833 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6834 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6837 \begin_inset space ~
6841 \begin_inset space ~
6849 \begin_inset space ~
6853 \begin_inset space ~
6862 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6863 will tell you how far you are nested).
6864 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6865 \begin_inset Graphics
6866 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6876 or the convenient key bindings
6887 arg "depth-increment"
6893 arg "depth-decrement"
6896 to change the nesting level.
6897 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6898 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6902 \begin_layout Standard
6903 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6904 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6905 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6906 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6911 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6913 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6916 \begin_layout Subsection
6917 What You Can and Can't Nest
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6922 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6926 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6927 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6928 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6932 Completely unnestable
6935 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6941 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6946 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6947 environments have them:
6950 \begin_layout Description
6951 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6952 Can't nest into them.
6956 \begin_layout Itemize
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Description
6989 \begin_inset space ~
6992 Nestable You can nest them.
6993 You can nest other things into them.
6997 \begin_layout Itemize
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7046 \begin_layout Description
7047 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7048 You can't nest anything into them.
7052 \begin_layout Itemize
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7134 \begin_inset space ~
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7148 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7156 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7165 \begin_inset space ~
7169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7173 \begin_inset space \space{}
7176 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7177 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7178 section headings violate this.
7186 \begin_layout Subsection
7187 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7188 \begin_inset Index idx
7191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7192 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7200 \begin_layout Standard
7201 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7202 affected by nesting anyhow.
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7228 Figures and tables in
7232 are not affected by this.
7237 Have a look at section
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7244 reference "sec:Floats"
7248 for more information about
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7257 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7270 of its own, it behaves just like a
7271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7278 paragraph environment.
7279 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7283 \begin_layout Standard
7284 Here's an example with a table:
7287 \begin_layout Enumerate
7292 \begin_layout Enumerate
7293 This is (a) and it's nested.
7297 \begin_layout Standard
7298 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7306 \begin_inset Tabular
7307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7308 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7394 \begin_layout Standard
7395 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7402 \begin_layout Enumerate
7404 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7412 \begin_layout Standard
7413 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7416 \begin_layout Enumerate
7421 \begin_layout Enumerate
7422 This is (a) and it's nested.
7426 \begin_layout Standard
7427 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7435 \begin_inset Tabular
7436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7437 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7537 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7540 \begin_layout Enumerate
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7549 \begin_layout Standard
7550 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7552 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 \begin_layout Enumerate
7561 This is (a) and it's nested.
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7565 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7571 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset Tabular
7574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7575 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7661 \begin_layout Standard
7662 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7668 \begin_layout Enumerate
7670 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7689 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7690 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7694 \begin_layout Subsection
7695 Usage and General Features
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7699 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7708 is the innermost possible depth.
7709 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7712 \begin_layout Enumerate
7713 level #1 - outermost
7717 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 \begin_layout Itemize
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7746 \begin_layout Standard
7747 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7748 both of them in the example.
7749 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7759 For example, if we tried to nest another
7764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7771 , we would get errors.
7774 \begin_layout Subsection
7776 \begin_inset Index idx
7779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7789 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7790 We have several examples of nested environments.
7791 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7796 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7799 \begin_layout Labeling
7800 \labelwidthstring MMM
7801 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7810 \begin_layout Labeling
7811 \labelwidthstring MMM
7812 #2-a This is level #2.
7813 We created it by using
7816 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7822 arg "depth-increment"
7829 \begin_layout Labeling
7830 \labelwidthstring MMM
7831 #3-a This is level #3.
7832 This time, we just hit
7839 arg "depth-increment"
7843 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7847 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7853 arg "depth-increment"
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7865 environment, nested inside of
7866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7874 So, it's at level #4.
7875 We did this by hitting
7878 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7884 arg "depth-increment"
7887 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7892 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7908 \begin_layout Standard
7913 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7916 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7922 \begin_layout Labeling
7923 \labelwidthstring MMM
7924 #4-a This is level #4.
7928 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7931 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7936 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7940 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7945 keep nesting things inside
7946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7957 \begin_layout Labeling
7958 \labelwidthstring MMM
7959 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7964 \begin_layout Labeling
7965 \labelwidthstring MMM
7966 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7967 and this is level #6.
7968 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7972 \begin_layout Labeling
7973 \labelwidthstring MMM
7974 #5-b Back to level #5.
7978 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7984 arg "depth-decrement"
7991 \begin_layout Labeling
7992 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8002 arg "depth-decrement"
8005 , we're back at level #4.
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8011 #3-b Back to level #3.
8012 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8016 \begin_layout Labeling
8017 \labelwidthstring MMM
8018 #2-b Back to level #2.
8023 \begin_layout Labeling
8024 \labelwidthstring MMM
8025 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8026 After this sentence, we'll hit
8030 and change the paragraph environment back to
8037 \begin_layout Standard
8038 We could have also used the
8054 environment in place of the
8059 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8063 Example 2: Inheritance
8066 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8067 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8070 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8079 arg "depth-increment"
8082 , after which, we'll change to the
8090 \begin_layout Enumerate
8095 environment, at level #2.
8098 \begin_layout Enumerate
8099 Notice how the nested
8103 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8107 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8111 \begin_layout Standard
8112 We ended this example by hitting
8117 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8121 and reset the nesting depth by using
8124 arg "depth-decrement"
8130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8131 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8144 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8152 \begin_layout Enumerate
8153 This is level #1, in an
8157 paragraph environment.
8158 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8167 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8173 arg "depth-increment"
8177 Now, what happens if we nest an
8181 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8182 label be? An asterisk?
8186 \begin_layout Itemize
8196 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8197 So, its label is a bullet.
8198 (We got here by using
8201 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8207 arg "depth-increment"
8210 , then changing the environment to
8218 \begin_layout Itemize
8219 Here's level #4, produced using
8222 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8228 arg "depth-increment"
8232 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8237 \begin_layout Enumerate
8238 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8240 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8245 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8249 , because we are in the
8258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8277 \begin_layout Enumerate
8282 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8283 type of numbering does LyX use?
8286 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8290 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8293 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8300 arg "depth-decrement"
8303 to decrease the depth after the next
8306 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8313 \begin_layout Enumerate
8315 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8322 numeral as the label.Why?
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8335 Notice, however, that LyX
8339 reset the counter for the label.
8343 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8353 arg "depth-decrement"
8356 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8357 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8358 into the twofold-nested
8366 \begin_layout Enumerate
8367 The same thing happens if we do another
8370 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8376 arg "depth-decrement"
8379 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8382 \begin_layout Standard
8383 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8388 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8402 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8408 The same rule applies for the
8412 environment, as well.
8415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8416 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8419 \begin_layout Enumerate
8420 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8421 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8422 same detail with how we did it.
8431 \begin_layout Standard
8439 arg "depth-increment"
8446 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8447 example in parentheses someplace.
8448 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8449 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8450 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8454 \begin_layout Enumerate
8459 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8464 Now we'll add verse.
8465 \begin_inset Newline newline
8468 It will get much worse.
8469 \begin_inset Newline newline
8479 arg "depth-increment"
8490 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8491 \begin_inset Newline newline
8494 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8495 \begin_inset Newline newline
8501 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8514 \begin_layout Standard
8515 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8523 \begin_inset Tabular
8524 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8525 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8616 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8626 arg "depth-increment"
8632 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8642 arg "depth-decrement"
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 : level #1) This is another item.
8655 Note that selecting a
8659 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8660 3 times to put the table inside the
8668 \begin_layout Quotation
8669 We're now ending the
8673 list and changing to
8678 We're still at level #1.
8679 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8680 The next set of paragraphs is a
8681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8695 \begin_inset space ~
8700 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8704 for the letter body.
8708 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8711 to preserve the depth.
8712 Remember that you need to use
8715 arg "newline-insert newline"
8718 to create multiple lines inside the
8725 \begin_inset space ~
8735 \begin_layout Right Address
8737 \begin_inset Newline newline
8740 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8741 \begin_inset Newline newline
8747 \begin_layout Address
8749 \begin_inset space ~
8755 \begin_layout Quotation
8756 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8760 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8761 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8762 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8763 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8764 as soon as possible.
8765 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8768 \begin_layout Quotation
8769 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8770 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8771 with your order, along with payment.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We thank you again for your patience.
8778 \begin_layout Address
8780 \begin_inset Newline newline
8787 \begin_layout Quotation
8788 That ends that example!
8791 \begin_layout Standard
8792 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8793 just a few keystrokes.
8794 We could have easily nested an
8815 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8818 \begin_layout Section
8819 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8820 \begin_inset Index idx
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8834 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8835 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8836 be broken at the end of a line.
8837 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8841 \begin_layout Subsection
8843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8845 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8850 \begin_inset Index idx
8853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8863 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8865 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8869 Further documentation is given in section
8870 \begin_inset Newline newline
8874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8884 \begin_layout Standard
8885 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8900 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8909 A protected space is set with
8911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8912 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8916 \begin_inset space ~
8926 arg "space-insert protected"
8932 \begin_layout Subsection
8934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8936 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8941 \begin_inset Index idx
8944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8945 Spacing ! Horizontal
8953 \begin_layout Standard
8954 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8957 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8961 The length units are listed in Appendix
8962 \begin_inset space ~
8966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8968 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8979 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8984 \begin_inset Index idx
8987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8996 \begin_layout Standard
8998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9002 \begin_inset space \space{}
9005 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9006 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9007 \begin_inset space ~
9011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9013 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9018 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9019 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9022 arg "space-insert normal"
9028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9032 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9037 \begin_inset Index idx
9040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9058 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9068 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9069 inside abbreviations:
9074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9078 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 or between values and units.
9083 Compare for example this:
9084 \begin_inset Newline newline
9088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9092 \begin_inset Newline newline
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9099 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9102 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9104 \begin_inset space ~
9112 arg "space-insert thin"
9118 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9122 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9130 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9133 \begin_layout Description
9135 \begin_inset space ~
9139 \begin_inset space ~
9143 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9148 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9152 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9156 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9159 \begin_layout Description
9161 \begin_inset space ~
9165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9169 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9174 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9178 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9186 em) space between the arrows.
9189 \begin_layout Description
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9199 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9204 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9208 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9238 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9242 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9247 \begin_inset space ~
9251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9254 em) space between the arrows.
9257 \begin_layout Description
9259 \begin_inset space ~
9263 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9268 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9273 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9281 cm space between the arrows.
9284 \begin_layout Standard
9286 \begin_inset space ~
9290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9292 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9296 lists the different space sizes.
9299 \begin_layout Standard
9300 \begin_inset Float table
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset Caption
9309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9312 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9316 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9326 \begin_inset Tabular
9327 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9328 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9553 \begin_inset Index idx
9556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9566 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9567 in a uniform fashion.
9568 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9569 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9570 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9571 equally between themselves.
9575 \begin_layout Standard
9576 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9581 This is on the left side
9582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9585 This is on the right
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9618 \begin_layout Standard
9619 That was an example in the
9625 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9634 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9638 is one in a standard paragraph.
9639 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9643 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9650 \begin_inset space ~
9655 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9658 \begin_layout Standard
9660 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9664 \begin_inset space ~
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9672 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9676 \begin_inset space ~
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9684 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9688 \begin_inset space ~
9694 \begin_layout Standard
9696 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9700 \begin_inset space ~
9706 \begin_layout Standard
9708 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9712 \begin_inset space ~
9718 \begin_layout Standard
9720 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9724 \begin_inset space ~
9730 \begin_layout Standard
9731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9739 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9743 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9744 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9745 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9749 option in the space dialog.
9757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9759 \begin_inset Index idx
9762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9778 \begin_inset space \space{}
9781 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9784 \begin_layout Standard
9785 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9788 What is correct English?:
9789 \begin_inset Newline newline
9793 \begin_inset Newline newline
9797 \begin_inset space ~
9800 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9801 \begin_inset Newline newline
9808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9819 \begin_inset Newline newline
9826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9837 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9849 \begin_inset space ~
9853 \begin_inset space ~
9857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9861 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9879 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9883 for more information about TeX-Code.
9889 In our case write the command
9896 (note the space after
9897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9904 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9905 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9906 That is why it is named
9907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9919 There exists also the commands
9931 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9932 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9935 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9947 \begin_layout Subsection
9949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9951 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9956 \begin_inset Index idx
9959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9968 \begin_layout Standard
9969 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9972 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9974 \begin_inset space ~
9980 There you find the following sizes:
9983 \begin_layout Standard
9996 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10001 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10007 \begin_inset Index idx
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10011 Document ! Settings
10016 for the paragraph separation.
10017 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_inset Index idx
10037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10043 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10044 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10046 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10047 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10056 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10065 s are described in section
10066 \begin_inset space ~
10070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10072 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10081 If there are several
10085 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10086 You can therefore use
10090 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10098 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10099 \begin_inset space ~
10103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10105 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10123 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10124 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10136 \begin_layout Subsection
10137 Paragraph Alignment
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10147 There are five possibilities:
10150 \begin_layout Itemize
10158 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10164 \begin_layout Itemize
10172 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10178 \begin_layout Itemize
10186 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10192 \begin_layout Itemize
10200 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10206 \begin_layout Itemize
10214 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10221 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10222 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10223 the left and right margins.
10224 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10229 This paragraph is right aligned,
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10234 this one is centered,
10237 \begin_layout Standard
10239 this one is left aligned.
10242 \begin_layout Subsection
10244 \begin_inset Index idx
10247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10248 Page breaks ! Forced
10254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10256 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10263 \begin_layout Standard
10264 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10265 can force a page break where you want one.
10266 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10267 Only if you use a lot of
10271 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10275 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10276 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10280 have to change the page breaking.
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10286 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10289 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10291 \begin_inset space ~
10297 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10300 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10302 \begin_inset space ~
10307 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10309 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10310 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10315 at the top of a page.
10316 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10317 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10318 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10319 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10323 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10327 to learn more about
10334 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10338 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10343 \begin_inset Index idx
10346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10347 Page breaks ! Clear
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10356 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10357 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10358 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10359 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10360 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10367 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10369 \begin_inset space ~
10375 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10378 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10380 \begin_inset space ~
10384 \begin_inset space ~
10389 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10390 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10393 \begin_layout Subsection
10395 \begin_inset Index idx
10398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10407 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10415 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10417 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10434 arg "newline-insert newline"
10438 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10441 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 \begin_inset space ~
10447 \begin_inset space ~
10452 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10454 This is necessary to avoid
10455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10462 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10467 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10468 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10469 set a line break, e.
10470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10474 \begin_inset space \space{}
10477 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10478 \begin_inset space ~
10482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10484 reference "sec:Quote"
10489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10491 reference "sec:Verse"
10496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10498 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10505 \begin_layout Subsection
10507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10509 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10514 \begin_inset Index idx
10517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10526 \begin_layout Standard
10531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10532 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10534 \begin_inset space ~
10539 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10545 \begin_layout Section
10546 Characters and Symbols
10549 \begin_layout Standard
10550 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10551 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10556 \begin_inset space \space{}
10559 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10567 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10571 for information on how this is done.
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10575 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10580 dialog via the menu
10582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10583 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10598 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10599 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10600 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10608 \begin_layout Section
10609 Fonts and Text Styles
10610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10612 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10619 \begin_layout Subsection
10621 \begin_inset Index idx
10624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10633 \begin_layout Standard
10634 There are two types of fonts:
10637 \begin_layout Description
10639 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_inset Index idx
10646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10652 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10657 characters) in the font.
10658 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10659 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10660 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10661 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10662 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10663 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10664 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10665 \begin_inset Newline newline
10668 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10669 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10670 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10671 sizes than at small ones.
10672 \begin_inset Newline newline
10686 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_layout Description
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10700 \begin_inset Index idx
10703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10709 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10710 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10711 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10712 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10713 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10714 picture manipulation program.
10715 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10716 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10717 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10718 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10719 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10721 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10722 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10723 \begin_inset Newline newline
10726 Bitmap fonts are named
10729 \begin_inset space ~
10734 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10738 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10739 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10740 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10741 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10742 use scalable fonts.
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10746 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10747 its document properties.
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10751 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10752 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10753 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10754 font to emphasize text, you use an
10755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10763 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10764 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10768 \begin_layout Subsection
10769 Document Font and Font size
10770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10772 name "sub:Document-Font"
10777 \begin_inset Index idx
10780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10787 \begin_inset Index idx
10790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 You can set the document fonts in the
10802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10806 \begin_inset Index idx
10809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10810 Document ! Settings
10816 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10817 font shapes roman (serif),
10820 \begin_inset space ~
10832 \begin_layout Standard
10833 The possible options for the font include
10837 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10842 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10864 European Computer Modern
10867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10877 \begin_layout Standard
10886 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10887 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10892 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10895 \begin_inset space ~
10900 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10906 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10907 There are three ways to use one:
10910 \begin_layout Itemize
10911 One way is to use the
10921 Virtual means that it
10922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 -glyphs from other fonts.
10934 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10956 Loading the LaTeX-package
10961 \begin_inset Index idx
10964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10965 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10970 with the document preamble line
10971 \begin_inset Newline newline
10978 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10979 \begin_inset Newline newline
10984 will fix the guillemet problem.
10989 and that accented characters are not
10993 glyph, they are build of
10997 characters, the accent and the letter.
10998 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11002 fonts for words with accented characters.
11003 If you search for example for the French word
11004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11011 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 and not for the glyph
11021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11025 \begin_inset space ~
11029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11035 \begin_layout Itemize
11036 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11049 , consist of these three main font types
11052 \begin_inset space ~
11081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11085 \begin_inset space ~
11092 as typewriter font.
11093 \begin_inset Newline newline
11096 The differences between roman,
11099 \begin_inset space ~
11108 fonts are explained in section
11109 \begin_inset space ~
11113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11115 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11120 \begin_inset Newline newline
11127 was originally designed for newspapers.
11128 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11129 into the small newspaper columns.
11134 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11137 \begin_layout Itemize
11138 The best solution is to use the
11147 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11151 as the default font.
11152 In most cases they look the same as
11160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11161 One difference is improved kerning for the
11174 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11185 \begin_layout Standard
11186 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11189 For the font size there are four possible values:
11206 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11209 \begin_layout Standard
11210 The font sizes are the
11215 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11216 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11217 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11220 \begin_inset space ~
11226 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11227 \begin_inset space ~
11231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11233 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11240 \begin_layout Standard
11245 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11246 a font to display the script characters.
11250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11251 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11256 So this has no effect for the document language
11272 \begin_layout Standard
11273 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11285 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11289 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11290 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11291 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11293 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11296 dialog, see section
11297 \begin_inset space ~
11301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11303 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11315 \begin_layout Subsection
11316 Using Different Character Styles
11317 \begin_inset Index idx
11320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_inset Index idx
11330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11339 \begin_layout Standard
11340 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11341 certain paragraph environments.
11342 LyX supports two character styles,
11351 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11355 \begin_layout Standard
11360 style, do one of the following:
11363 \begin_layout Itemize
11364 click on the toolbar button
11365 \begin_inset Graphics
11366 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11373 \begin_layout Itemize
11374 use the key binding
11383 \begin_layout Standard
11384 These commands are all toggles.
11389 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11392 \begin_layout Standard
11393 One typically uses the
11397 style for proper names.
11399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11406 is the original author of LyX.
11407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11413 \begin_layout Standard
11414 A more widely used character style is the
11419 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11426 \begin_layout Itemize
11427 clicking on the toolbar button
11428 \begin_inset Graphics
11429 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11436 \begin_layout Itemize
11437 using the keybindings
11446 \begin_layout Standard
11451 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11452 es use a different font.
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456 We've been using the
11460 style all over the place in this document.
11461 Here's one more example:
11464 \begin_layout Quotation
11467 Don't overuse character styles!
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11472 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11473 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11474 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11478 \begin_layout Standard
11479 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11487 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11489 \begin_inset space ~
11497 \begin_layout Subsection
11498 Fine-Tuning with the
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11505 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11510 \begin_inset Index idx
11513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11522 \begin_layout Standard
11523 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11524 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11525 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11526 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11527 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11528 from ordinary dialog.
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11532 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11533 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11534 \begin_inset Newline newline
11537 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11538 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11541 \begin_layout Standard
11542 To use custom character styles, open the
11544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11546 \begin_inset space ~
11552 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11553 font property which you can choose.
11554 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11557 \begin_inset space ~
11562 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11567 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11568 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11569 environments in a snap.
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11576 \begin_inset space ~
11588 \begin_layout Labeling
11589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11603 The possible options are:
11607 \begin_layout Labeling
11608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 This is the Roman font family.
11614 Normally a serif font.
11615 It's also the default family.
11625 \begin_layout Labeling
11626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11630 \begin_inset space ~
11637 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11649 \begin_layout Labeling
11650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11657 This is the Typewriter font family.
11663 arg "font-typewriter"
11672 \begin_layout Labeling
11673 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11678 This corresponds to the print weight.
11683 \begin_layout Labeling
11684 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11689 This is the Medium font series.
11690 It's also the default series.
11693 \begin_layout Labeling
11694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11701 This is the Bold font series.
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11720 As the name implies.
11725 \begin_layout Labeling
11726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11731 This is the Upright font shape.
11732 It's also the default shape.
11735 \begin_layout Labeling
11736 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11750 s the Italic font shape
11756 \begin_layout Labeling
11757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11764 This is the Slanted font shape
11766 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11769 \begin_layout Labeling
11770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11774 \begin_inset space ~
11781 This is the Small caps font shape
11788 \begin_layout Labeling
11789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11794 Alters the size of the font.
11795 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11796 nal to the document font size.
11797 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11798 what you want to do.
11803 \begin_layout Labeling
11804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11825 arg "font-size tiny"
11831 \begin_layout Labeling
11832 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11853 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11859 \begin_layout Labeling
11860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11881 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11887 \begin_layout Labeling
11888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11909 arg "font-size small"
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11930 It's also the default size.
11934 arg "font-size normal"
11940 \begin_layout Labeling
11941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11962 arg "font-size large"
11968 \begin_layout Labeling
11969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11990 arg "font-size larger"
11996 \begin_layout Labeling
11997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12018 arg "font-size largest"
12024 \begin_layout Labeling
12025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 arg "font-size huge"
12052 \begin_layout Labeling
12053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12074 arg "font-size giant"
12081 \begin_layout Standard
12086 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12087 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12088 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12089 - use that instead.
12090 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12093 \begin_layout Labeling
12094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12099 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12112 This is text with emphasize on
12115 This might seem like the same as
12119 , but it is actually a bit different.
12125 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12127 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12130 \begin_layout Labeling
12131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12138 This is text with Underbar on.
12144 arg "font-underline"
12150 \begin_inset Newline newline
12155 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12156 when you couldn't change fonts.
12157 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12158 It's only included in LyX because some people
12162 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with Noun on.
12180 , this is a logical attribute.
12181 Normally it's equivalent to
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12193 \begin_layout Labeling
12194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12200 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12204 \begin_inset space ~
12209 , which is the default
12210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12217 and means normally black, you can choose between
12250 \begin_inset Index idx
12253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12262 \begin_layout Labeling
12263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12268 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12269 the language of the document.
12270 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12275 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12276 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12280 \begin_inset space ~
12285 dialog, the settings are saved.
12286 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12287 \begin_inset Graphics
12288 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12293 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12294 when the dialog isn't visible.
12298 \begin_layout Standard
12299 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12306 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12307 (suppose you just set the shape to
12308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12326 \begin_inset space ~
12338 \begin_layout Standard
12339 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12359 \begin_layout Itemize
12365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12372 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12390 \begin_inset Newline newline
12397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 \begin_inset Note Note
12425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12426 For more on phantoms see section
12427 \begin_inset space ~
12431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12433 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12443 \begin_inset Newline newline
12449 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 fonts use characters with serifs.
12455 These are the small
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12464 The following example will show the difference:
12465 \begin_inset Newline newline
12469 \begin_inset Newline newline
12474 text without serifs
12477 \begin_inset Newline newline
12480 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12481 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12488 \begin_layout Itemize
12494 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12495 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12498 \begin_layout Standard
12499 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12500 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12503 \begin_layout Section
12504 Printing and Previewing
12507 \begin_layout Subsection
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12513 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12514 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12515 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12516 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12518 Additional Features
12523 \begin_layout Standard
12524 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12525 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12526 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12527 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12528 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12529 This happens in two stages:
12532 \begin_layout Enumerate
12533 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12534 generating a file with the extension,
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12549 \begin_layout Enumerate
12550 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12554 file to produce printable output.
12558 \begin_layout Subsection
12559 Output file formats
12560 \begin_inset Index idx
12563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12572 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12581 \begin_inset Index idx
12584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12585 File formats ! ASCII
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12594 This file type has the extension
12595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12607 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12611 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12619 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12621 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12622 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12628 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12630 \begin_inset Index idx
12633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12634 File formats ! LaTeX
12642 \begin_layout Standard
12643 This file type has the extension
12644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12655 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12657 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12658 it manually with console commands.
12659 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12660 you view or export your document.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12666 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12667 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12686 \begin_inset Index idx
12689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12698 \begin_layout Standard
12699 This file type has the extension
12700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12720 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12721 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12722 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12728 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12729 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12730 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12732 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12738 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12739 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12747 \begin_inset Index idx
12750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12751 File formats ! PostScript
12759 \begin_layout Standard
12760 This file type has the extension
12761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 PostScript was developed by the company
12777 as a printer language.
12778 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12780 PostScript can be seen as a
12781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12784 programming language
12785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12788 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12793 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12799 \begin_inset Index idx
12802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12803 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12813 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12821 Encapsulated PostScript
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12825 (EPS, file extension
12826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12839 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12844 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12848 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12849 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12850 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12851 EPS to avoid this problem.
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12857 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12858 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12866 \begin_inset Index idx
12869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12876 \begin_inset Index idx
12879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12888 \begin_layout Standard
12889 This file type has the extension
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 Portable Document Format
12907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 was derived from PostScript.
12915 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12924 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12925 looks exactly the same.
12928 \begin_layout Standard
12929 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12933 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12937 (JPG, file extension
12938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12965 Portable Network Graphics
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12969 (PNG, file extension
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12982 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12983 in the background to one of these formats.
12984 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12985 will slow down your workflow.
12986 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12989 \begin_layout Standard
12990 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12992 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 in three different ways:
12998 \begin_layout Description
12999 PDF This uses the program
13003 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13004 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13008 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13009 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13012 \begin_layout Description
13014 \begin_inset space ~
13017 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13021 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13025 \begin_layout Description
13027 \begin_inset space ~
13030 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13034 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13037 \begin_layout Standard
13038 We recommend to use
13041 \begin_inset space ~
13050 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13051 works without problems.
13056 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13059 \begin_layout Subsection
13061 \begin_inset Index idx
13064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13073 \begin_layout Standard
13074 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13075 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13079 and choose a file type.
13080 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13083 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13086 you can use the toolbar button
13087 \begin_inset Graphics
13088 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13095 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13100 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13102 \begin_inset space ~
13108 \begin_inset Graphics
13109 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13115 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13119 \begin_inset Graphics
13120 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13127 arg "buffer-view ps"
13133 \begin_layout Standard
13134 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13135 viewer window using the menu
13137 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13143 \begin_layout Standard
13144 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13146 To have a real output, export your document.
13149 \begin_layout Subsection
13150 Printing the File from within LyX
13151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13153 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13162 it directly from within LyX.
13163 To print a file, select the menu
13165 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13168 or click on the toolbar button
13169 \begin_inset Graphics
13170 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13175 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13176 This file is then processed by the program
13180 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13185 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13188 \begin_layout Standard
13189 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13190 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13191 printing one set to print on the other side.
13192 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13193 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13194 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 You can set the parameters in the
13201 \begin_inset space ~
13209 \begin_layout Labeling
13210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13220 Note that this printer name is for the program
13229 has to be configured for this printer name.
13230 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13231 \begin_inset space ~
13235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13237 reference "sub:Printer"
13246 The printer should understand PostScript.
13249 \begin_layout Labeling
13250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13255 The name of a file to print to.
13256 The output will be a PostScript file.
13257 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13261 \begin_layout Section
13262 A few Words about Typography
13263 \begin_inset Index idx
13266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13275 \begin_layout Subsection
13277 \begin_inset Index idx
13280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13302 character comes in four lengths: the
13314 , and the minus sign:
13315 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13321 \begin_layout Standard
13322 \begin_inset Tabular
13323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13324 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13326 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13327 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13328 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13357 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13397 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13424 \begin_inset space ~
13427 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13434 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13461 \begin_inset space ~
13464 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13485 \begin_inset Formula $-
13494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13526 \begin_layout Standard
13527 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 character multiple times in a row.
13540 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13541 the final output, but not in LyX.
13543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13574 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13575 math mode and has a length of its own.
13576 Here are some examples of the
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13591 \begin_layout Enumerate
13592 line- and page-breaks
13593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13603 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13615 \begin_layout Enumerate
13616 Oh — there's a dash.
13617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13627 \begin_layout Enumerate
13628 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}
13633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13643 \begin_layout Subsection
13645 \begin_inset Index idx
13648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13657 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13664 \begin_layout Standard
13665 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13666 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13671 \begin_inset Index idx
13674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13675 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13680 following the rules of the document language
13684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13685 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13693 \begin_inset space ~
13697 \begin_inset space ~
13704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13715 \begin_layout Standard
13716 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13721 font and with unusual constructs, like
13722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13730 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13731 This is done with the menu
13733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13734 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13736 \begin_inset space ~
13742 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13743 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13746 \begin_layout Standard
13747 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13748 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13758 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13766 as hyphenation possibility.
13767 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13768 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13769 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13775 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13776 As LyX doesn't support
13782 , you have to use TeX Code.
13783 The result looks in LyX like:
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 \begin_inset Graphics
13788 filename clipart/mbox.png
13795 \begin_layout Standard
13796 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13797 \begin_inset space ~
13801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13803 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13810 \begin_layout Subsection
13812 \begin_inset Index idx
13815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13825 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13828 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13837 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13838 LaTeX then adds the
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 appropriate amount of space
13843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13847 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13849 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13853 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13854 not work in all cases.
13856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13867 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13868 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13871 \begin_layout Standard
13872 Here are some examples of
13876 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13879 \begin_layout Itemize
13884 \begin_layout Itemize
13889 \begin_layout Standard
13890 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13893 \begin_layout Itemize
13895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13936 \begin_inset Index idx
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13969 \begin_inset Index idx
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14011 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14017 \begin_layout Standard
14018 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14021 \begin_layout Itemize
14023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14027 \begin_inset space \space{}
14030 this is too much space!
14033 \begin_layout Itemize
14034 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14038 \begin_layout Standard
14039 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14040 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14041 will take care of this.
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14049 \begin_inset space ~
14054 feature described in section
14060 Additional Features
14065 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14067 \begin_inset Index idx
14070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14071 Typography ! Quotes
14077 \begin_inset Index idx
14080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14113 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14114 and use a closing quote at the end.
14116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14124 The keyboard character,
14128 , generates this automatically.
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 You can change the behavior of the
14136 key using the submenu
14142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14146 \begin_inset Index idx
14149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14150 Document ! Settings
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14159 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14164 There are six choices:
14167 \begin_layout Labeling
14168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 Use quotes like this
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14189 \begin_inset Quotes els
14193 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14199 \begin_layout Labeling
14200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14203 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14207 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14213 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14217 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14221 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14227 \begin_layout Labeling
14228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14231 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14235 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14241 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14245 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14249 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14253 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14259 \begin_layout Labeling
14260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14263 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14267 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14273 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14281 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14285 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14291 \begin_layout Labeling
14292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14295 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14299 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14305 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14313 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14317 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14323 \begin_layout Labeling
14324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14327 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14331 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14337 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14341 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14345 \begin_inset Quotes als
14349 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14355 \begin_layout Standard
14356 These settings affect what character the
14363 \begin_layout Subsection
14365 \begin_inset Index idx
14368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14369 Typography ! Ligatures
14375 \begin_inset Index idx
14378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14409 name "sub:Ligatures"
14416 \begin_layout Standard
14417 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14418 print them as single characters.
14419 These groups are known as
14424 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14426 Here are the standard ligatures:
14429 \begin_layout Itemize
14433 \begin_layout Itemize
14437 \begin_layout Itemize
14441 \begin_layout Itemize
14445 \begin_layout Itemize
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14450 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14453 \begin_layout Standard
14454 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14455 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14463 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14479 To break a ligature, use
14481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14482 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14484 \begin_inset space ~
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14502 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14519 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14527 \begin_layout Subsection
14529 \begin_inset Index idx
14532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14541 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14548 \begin_layout Standard
14549 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14550 characters in different sizes and heights.
14551 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14552 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14572 \begin_inset Note Note
14575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14576 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14585 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14590 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14594 \begin_layout Description
14595 LyX The name of the game, write
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 \begin_layout Description
14618 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14640 \begin_layout Description
14641 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14663 \begin_layout Description
14664 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14687 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14692 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14701 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14702 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14703 \begin_inset Formula $\pi
14707 : The actual version is
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14715 , the previous one was
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14726 \begin_layout Standard
14727 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14732 \begin_inset space \space{}
14735 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14737 This will look in LyX like:
14738 \begin_inset Graphics
14739 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14745 \begin_inset Newline newline
14748 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14749 \begin_inset space ~
14753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14755 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14762 \begin_layout Subsection
14764 \begin_inset Index idx
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14777 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14778 space between two words.
14779 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14789 for units use the menu
14791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14792 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14802 arg "space-insert thin"
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14815 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot
14837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 space between number and unit
14848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14857 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot
14866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 half space between number and unit
14883 \begin_layout Subsection
14885 \begin_inset Index idx
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14898 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14900 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14901 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14902 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14903 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14904 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14905 These bits of text became known as
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14918 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14919 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14920 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14921 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14922 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14923 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14926 \begin_layout Standard
14927 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14928 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14929 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14930 \begin_inset space ~
14934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14936 key "latexcompanion"
14941 \begin_inset space ~
14945 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14951 ] may have more information.
14952 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14955 \begin_layout Chapter
14956 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14959 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14966 \begin_layout Standard
14967 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14972 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14975 \begin_layout Section
14977 \begin_inset Index idx
14980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14996 \begin_layout Standard
14997 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15000 \begin_layout Description
15002 \begin_inset space ~
15005 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15006 \begin_inset Newline newline
15010 \begin_inset Note Note
15013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15014 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15022 \begin_layout Description
15023 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15024 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15026 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15027 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15028 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15031 \begin_inset Newline newline
15035 \begin_inset Note Comment
15038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15039 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15047 \begin_layout Description
15049 \begin_inset space ~
15052 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15053 \begin_inset Newline newline
15057 \begin_inset Newline newline
15061 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15070 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15071 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15072 How this can be done is explained in the
15081 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15087 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 \begin_inset Newline newline
15094 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15095 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15100 \begin_inset Graphics
15101 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15103 scaleBeforeRotation
15109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15113 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15116 \begin_layout Section
15118 \begin_inset Index idx
15121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15130 name "sec:Footnotes"
15137 \begin_layout Standard
15138 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15144 or the toolbar button
15145 \begin_inset Graphics
15146 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15159 \begin_inset Graphics
15160 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15169 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15198 label, the box will
15202 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15203 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15216 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15233 Here's an example footnote:
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15242 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15250 \begin_layout Standard
15251 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15252 position where the footnote box is placed.
15253 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15254 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15255 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15256 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15257 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15262 ey are described in the
15269 \begin_layout Section
15271 \begin_inset Index idx
15274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15283 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15291 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15292 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15296 \begin_inset space ~
15301 or the toolbar button
15302 \begin_inset Graphics
15303 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15330 appearing within your text.
15331 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15341 At the side is an example marginal note.
15345 \begin_inset Marginal
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15349 This is a marginal note.
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15359 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15360 pages, right on odd pages.
15363 \begin_layout Section
15364 Graphics and Images
15365 \begin_inset Index idx
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15375 \begin_inset Index idx
15378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15387 name "sec:Graphics"
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15395 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15396 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15397 \begin_inset Graphics
15398 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15408 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15412 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15417 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15418 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15420 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15421 \begin_inset space ~
15425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15427 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15439 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15440 of the image in the output.
15441 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15445 \begin_inset space ~
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15458 \begin_inset space ~
15462 \begin_inset space ~
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15471 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15472 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15480 \begin_layout Standard
15483 LaTeX and LyX options
15485 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15486 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15490 \begin_inset space ~
15495 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15496 with the image size is printed.
15500 \begin_inset space ~
15504 \begin_inset space ~
15508 \begin_inset space ~
15513 is explained in the
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15525 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15526 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15528 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15534 \begin_inset Graphics
15535 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15537 rotateOrigin center
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15546 the image into a float, see section
15547 \begin_inset space ~
15551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15553 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15560 \begin_layout Subsection
15562 \begin_inset Index idx
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15574 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15582 You can insert images in any known file format.
15583 But as we explained in section
15584 \begin_inset space ~
15588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15590 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15594 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15595 LyX uses therefore the program
15599 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15600 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15601 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15602 \begin_inset space ~
15606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15608 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15615 \begin_layout Standard
15616 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15619 \begin_layout Description
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15624 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15625 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15626 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15630 Graphics Interchange Format
15631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15634 (GIF, file extension
15635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 \begin_inset Index idx
15650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15682 Portable Network Graphics
15683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15686 (PNG, file extension
15687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 \begin_inset Index idx
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15738 (JPG, file extension
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15763 \begin_inset Index idx
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15797 \begin_layout Description
15799 \begin_inset space ~
15802 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15804 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15805 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15806 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15807 \begin_inset Newline newline
15810 Scalable image formats can be
15811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15814 Scalable Vector Graphics
15815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15818 (SVG, file extension
15819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 \begin_inset Index idx
15834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15866 Encapsulated PostScript
15867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15870 (EPS, file extension
15871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15883 \begin_inset Index idx
15886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15918 Portable Document Format
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15922 (PDF, file extension
15923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 \begin_inset Index idx
15938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15946 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15947 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15962 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15966 \begin_layout Subsection
15967 Grouping of Image Settings
15968 \begin_inset Index idx
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 Images ! Settings grouping
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15981 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15983 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15984 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15986 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15987 need to manually change each of them.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15995 \begin_inset space ~
16000 field in the Graphics dialog.
16001 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16002 by checking the name of the desired group.
16005 \begin_layout Section
16007 \begin_inset Index idx
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16027 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16028 \begin_inset Graphics
16029 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16040 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16041 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16042 from the rest of the table.
16043 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16044 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16046 Here's an example table:
16049 \begin_layout Standard
16051 \begin_inset Tabular
16052 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16053 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 \begin_layout Subsection
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16262 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16263 brings up the table dialog.
16264 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16265 where the cursor is placed currently.
16266 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16267 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16268 done on all of your selection.
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16272 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16280 helps you in setting table properties.
16281 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16293 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16294 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16295 current cell respectively.
16296 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16298 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16299 of text, see section
16300 \begin_inset space ~
16304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16306 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16314 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16320 This will merge the cells to
16324 cell, spread over more than one column.
16325 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16326 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16327 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16328 in the last row without the upper border:
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16333 \begin_inset Tabular
16334 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16335 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16337 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 \begin_layout Standard
16471 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16472 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16473 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16474 explained in the tables section of the
16477 \begin_inset space ~
16483 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16487 degrees counterclockwise.
16488 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16491 \begin_layout Standard
16492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 Most DVI-viewers are
16504 able to display rotations.
16512 \begin_layout Standard
16517 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16522 adds lines for all cell borders.
16525 \begin_layout Subsection
16527 \begin_inset Index idx
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 Tables ! Longtables
16537 \begin_inset Index idx
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 \begin_layout Standard
16550 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16553 \begin_inset space ~
16557 \begin_inset space ~
16566 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16567 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16570 \begin_layout Description
16575 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16576 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16577 except for the first page, if
16580 \begin_inset space ~
16588 \begin_layout Description
16592 \begin_inset space ~
16597 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16598 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16601 \begin_layout Description
16606 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16607 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16608 except for the last page, if
16611 \begin_inset space ~
16619 \begin_layout Description
16623 \begin_inset space ~
16628 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16629 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16632 \begin_layout Description
16633 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16634 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16640 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16643 \begin_inset space ~
16651 \begin_layout Standard
16652 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16653 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16654 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16655 The others will then be defined as
16660 In this context, first means first in this order:
16663 \begin_inset space ~
16675 \begin_inset space ~
16681 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16684 \begin_layout Standard
16686 \begin_inset Tabular
16687 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16688 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16689 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16690 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16691 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16692 <row endfirsthead="true">
16693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16704 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <row endfirsthead="true">
16724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <row endhead="true">
16757 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16777 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <row endhead="true">
16788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <row endfoot="true">
16821 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16872 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <row endlastfoot="true">
18803 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 \begin_layout Subsection
18842 \begin_inset Index idx
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18854 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18861 \begin_layout Standard
18862 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18863 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18864 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18865 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18869 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18870 for the cell's paragraph.
18873 \begin_layout Standard
18874 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18875 for the column in the table dialog.
18876 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18877 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18881 \begin_layout Standard
18883 \begin_inset Tabular
18884 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18885 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18887 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 This is longer now.
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19090 This is longer now.
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 \begin_layout Standard
19122 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19123 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19128 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19129 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19135 Selection with the mouse or with
19139 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19140 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19141 the selection from outside the table.
19144 \begin_layout Section
19146 \begin_inset Index idx
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19165 \begin_layout Standard
19166 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19167 have a fixed location.
19169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19176 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19184 \begin_inset space ~
19189 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19190 too many notes on the page.
19193 \begin_layout Standard
19194 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19195 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19196 and pages without text.
19197 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19198 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19199 Floats are therefore numbered.
19200 Referencing is described in section
19201 \begin_inset space ~
19205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19207 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19214 \begin_layout Standard
19215 To insert a float, use the menu
19217 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19221 A box with a caption that has e.
19222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19226 \begin_inset space \space{}
19230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19234 \begin_inset space ~
19238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19241 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19242 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19244 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19245 \begin_inset Index idx
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19255 paragraph within the float.
19256 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19257 by left-clicking on the box label.
19258 A closed float box looks like this:
19259 \begin_inset Graphics
19260 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19265 – a gray button with a red label.
19268 \begin_layout Standard
19269 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19270 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19273 \begin_layout Subsection
19277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19279 \begin_inset Index idx
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19283 Floats ! Figure floats
19289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19291 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19298 \begin_layout Standard
19301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19302 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19305 inserts a float with the label
19306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19312 \begin_inset space ~
19318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19322 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19323 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19324 This is what we did for Figure
19325 \begin_inset space ~
19329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19331 reference "cap:Platypus"
19336 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19337 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19338 This was done in Figure
19339 \begin_inset space ~
19343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19345 reference "cap:Escher"
19352 \begin_layout Standard
19353 \begin_inset Float figure
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 \begin_inset Graphics
19361 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19363 rotateOrigin center
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 \begin_inset Caption
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19376 name "cap:Platypus"
19380 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19393 \begin_layout Standard
19394 \begin_inset Float figure
19399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 \begin_inset Caption
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 \begin_inset Graphics
19421 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19423 rotateOrigin center
19435 \begin_layout Standard
19436 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19438 As described in section
19439 \begin_inset space ~
19443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19445 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19449 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19454 and refer to it using the menu
19456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19460 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19469 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19481 \begin_layout Standard
19482 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19483 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19484 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19485 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19487 \begin_inset space ~
19491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19493 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19497 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19498 You can also set the images one below the other.
19500 \begin_inset space ~
19504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19506 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19513 reference "fig:Platypus"
19517 are the subfigures.
19520 \begin_layout Standard
19521 \begin_inset Float figure
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19531 \begin_inset Float figure
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 \begin_inset Caption
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19542 name "fig:Undefinable"
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset Graphics
19556 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19571 \begin_inset Float figure
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 \begin_inset Caption
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19582 name "fig:Platypus"
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \begin_inset Graphics
19596 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset Caption
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19620 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19624 Two distorted images.
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19638 Note that the caption is added to the
19641 \begin_inset space ~
19645 \begin_inset space ~
19650 as described in section
19651 \begin_inset space ~
19655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19657 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19666 \begin_inset Index idx
19669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 Floats ! Table floats
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19679 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19682 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19686 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19689 \begin_inset space ~
19693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19695 reference "cap:Table-float"
19699 is an example of a table float.
19702 \begin_layout Standard
19703 \begin_inset Float table
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 \begin_inset Caption
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19714 name "cap:Table-float"
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 \begin_inset Tabular
19729 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19730 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19731 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19732 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx
19869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2
19929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19931 \begin_inset Index idx
19934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19943 \begin_layout Standard
19944 This float type is inserted with the menu
19946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19947 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19951 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19952 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19956 , described in section
19957 \begin_inset space ~
19961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19963 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19970 \begin_layout Standard
19971 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19985 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19988 \begin_layout Standard
19993 floatname{algorithm}{your
19994 \begin_inset space ~
20000 \begin_layout Standard
20001 to the document preamble (menu
20003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20010 \begin_inset space ~
20016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20032 \begin_inset Index idx
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20045 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 \begin_inset Graphics
20054 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20056 rotateOrigin center
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 \begin_inset Caption
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20069 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20073 This is a wrapped figure.
20074 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20087 This float type is used if you want to
20088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20095 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20097 It can be inserted using the menu
20099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20100 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20102 \begin_inset space ~
20107 if the LaTeX-package
20112 \begin_inset Index idx
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20129 \begin_inset space ~
20139 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20142 \begin_inset space ~
20146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20148 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20152 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 Available units are explained in Appendix
20162 \begin_inset space ~
20166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20168 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20177 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20181 \begin_layout Standard
20182 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20195 \begin_inset space \space{}
20198 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20199 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20208 \begin_layout Itemize
20209 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20210 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20211 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20212 page breaks will appear.
20215 \begin_layout Itemize
20216 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20217 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20220 \begin_layout Itemize
20221 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20222 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20225 \begin_layout Itemize
20226 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20229 \begin_layout Subsection
20231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20233 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20238 \begin_inset Index idx
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 \begin_layout Standard
20251 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20252 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20256 \begin_inset space ~
20264 \begin_layout Standard
20265 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20266 have a multi-column document).
20267 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20270 \begin_inset space ~
20276 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20277 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20285 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20286 format is also the same: Table
20287 \begin_inset space ~
20291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20293 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20297 is an example of a rotated table float.
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 \begin_inset Float table
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 \begin_inset Caption
20326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20329 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 \begin_inset Tabular
20344 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20345 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 \begin_layout Subsection
20412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20414 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20419 \begin_inset Index idx
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20433 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20434 \begin_inset Newline newline
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20445 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20446 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20447 \begin_inset Newline newline
20453 \begin_inset space ~
20458 is used to rotate floats, see section
20459 \begin_inset space ~
20463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20465 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20473 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20474 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20477 \begin_inset space ~
20481 \begin_inset space ~
20489 \begin_layout Description
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20498 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20501 \begin_layout Description
20503 \begin_inset space ~
20507 \begin_inset space ~
20510 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20513 \begin_layout Description
20515 \begin_inset space ~
20519 \begin_inset space ~
20522 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20525 \begin_layout Description
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20534 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20538 The order of the above option is
20543 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20547 \begin_inset space ~
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20559 \begin_inset space ~
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20568 , and then the others.
20569 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20571 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20572 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 By default, each option has its own rules:
20579 \begin_layout Standard
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20592 only floats occupying less than 70
20593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20596 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20599 \begin_layout Standard
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20607 \begin_inset space ~
20612 : only floats occupying less than 30
20613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20616 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20623 \begin_inset space ~
20627 \begin_inset space ~
20632 : only if more than 50
20633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20636 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20658 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20659 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20660 For this case you can use the option
20663 \begin_inset space ~
20669 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20671 Because the float is then no longer able to
20672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20679 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20682 \begin_layout Standard
20683 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20684 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20687 \begin_layout Standard
20688 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20692 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20699 \begin_layout Section
20701 \begin_inset Index idx
20704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20713 name "sec:Minipages"
20720 \begin_layout Standard
20721 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20723 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20724 \begin_inset space ~
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20738 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20739 and its alignment within the page.
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20744 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20753 height_special "totalheight"
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 This is a minipage.
20760 The text is set in an italic style.
20763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20767 another formatting.
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20776 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20779 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20783 as described in section
20784 \begin_inset space ~
20788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20790 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20802 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20811 height_special "totalheight"
20814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20815 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20816 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20826 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20835 height_special "totalheight"
20838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20840 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20849 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20856 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20857 to other box types.
20858 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20869 \begin_layout Chapter
20870 Mathematical Formulas
20871 \begin_inset Index idx
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20881 \begin_inset Index idx
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20915 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20922 \begin_layout Standard
20923 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20928 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20931 \begin_layout Section
20933 \begin_inset Index idx
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20947 \begin_inset Graphics
20948 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20953 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20955 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20956 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20957 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20965 \begin_layout Standard
20966 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20970 \begin_inset space ~
20975 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20980 line, like this one:
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 This is a line with an inline formula
20985 \begin_inset Formula $A=B
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20994 paragraph, like this one:
20995 \begin_inset Formula \[
21001 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21011 \begin_inset space \space{}
21015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21028 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21029 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha
21034 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21037 \begin_inset space ~
21045 \begin_layout Subsection
21046 Navigating in Formulas
21047 \begin_inset Index idx
21050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21061 achieved with the arrow keys.
21062 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21063 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21068 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21069 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}
21074 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)
21079 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21091 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21096 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21097 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21105 , printed in this document as
21106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21127 \begin_inset Note Note
21130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21131 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21132 space character (visible space).
21137 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21138 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21139 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21144 For example, if you want
21145 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 , since in the latter case only the
21203 \begin_inset Formula $2x
21209 will be under the square root sign:
21210 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21218 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21220 \begin_inset Formula \[
21221 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21230 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21231 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21234 \begin_layout Subsection
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21239 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21240 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21244 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21245 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21246 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21247 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21248 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21251 \begin_layout Subsection
21252 Exponents and Subscripts
21253 \begin_inset Index idx
21256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21263 \begin_inset Index idx
21266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21276 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21277 way is to use a command.
21279 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}
21283 , type in a formula
21289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21305 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21311 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}
21316 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y
21326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21338 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21347 , you have to use an extra
21351 to separate the hat and the character.
21353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21357 \begin_inset space \space{}
21361 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}
21371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21383 Subscripts are similar: To get
21384 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}
21394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21408 \begin_layout Subsection
21410 \begin_inset Index idx
21413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21423 Create a fraction with either the command
21430 \begin_inset Graphics
21431 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21439 \begin_inset space ~
21445 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21446 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21447 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21452 To move back up, press
21457 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21458 \begin_inset Formula \[
21459 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21462 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21470 \begin_layout Subsection
21472 \begin_inset Index idx
21475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 Roots can be created using the
21488 \begin_inset space ~
21494 \begin_inset Graphics
21495 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21518 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21524 produces always a square root.
21527 \begin_layout Subsection
21528 Operators with Limits
21529 \begin_inset Index idx
21532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21539 \begin_inset Index idx
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21551 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21560 \begin_inset Formula $\sum
21565 \begin_inset Formula $\int
21569 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21570 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21571 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21572 The sum operator will automatically place its
21573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21580 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21583 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21588 \begin_inset Formula \[
21589 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21594 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21599 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21601 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21602 behind the operator and hitting
21610 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21611 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21613 \begin_inset space ~
21617 \begin_inset space ~
21625 \begin_layout Standard
21626 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21634 feature as addition, such as
21635 \begin_inset Index idx
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21645 \begin_inset Formula \[
21646 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21651 which will place the
21652 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty
21657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21665 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21666 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)
21673 \begin_layout Standard
21674 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21681 Have a look at section
21682 \begin_inset space ~
21686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21688 reference "sub:Functions"
21692 for an explanation of function macros.
21695 \begin_layout Subsection
21697 \begin_inset Index idx
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_layout Standard
21710 Most math symbols can be found in the
21713 \begin_inset space ~
21718 under one of several categories; including
21735 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21741 you don't have to use the
21744 \begin_inset space ~
21749 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21750 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21753 \begin_layout Subsection
21755 \begin_inset Index idx
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 \begin_layout Standard
21768 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21773 arg "space-insert protected"
21779 \begin_inset space ~
21785 \begin_inset Graphics
21786 filename ../images/math/space.png
21791 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21792 For example, the sequence
21797 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b
21802 \begin_inset Graphics
21803 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21808 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21809 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21810 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21811 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21813 Here are two examples:
21816 \begin_layout Standard
21826 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21843 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b
21850 \begin_layout Subsection
21852 \begin_inset Index idx
21855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21864 name "sub:Functions"
21871 \begin_layout Standard
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21880 contains under the button
21881 \begin_inset Graphics
21882 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21886 a number of function macros, such as
21887 \begin_inset Formula $\sin
21892 \begin_inset Formula $\lim
21901 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21908 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21909 avoid confusions, because
21910 \begin_inset Formula $sin
21915 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21923 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21925 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x
21930 \begin_inset Formula $asinx
21937 \begin_layout Standard
21938 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21939 s are placed, as described in section
21940 \begin_inset space ~
21944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21946 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21953 \begin_layout Subsection
21955 \begin_inset Index idx
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21968 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21970 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21971 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21976 \begin_inset space \space{}
21980 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}
21984 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21985 Our example is entered by typing
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 \begin_inset space ~
22010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22012 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22016 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 \begin_inset Float table
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22026 \begin_inset Caption
22028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22031 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22035 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_inset Tabular
22046 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22047 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}
22200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22244 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}
22255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}
22310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}
22420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}
22475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}
22530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22574 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}
22585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22646 \begin_inset space ~
22652 \begin_inset Graphics
22653 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22657 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22661 \begin_layout Section
22662 Brackets and Delimiters
22663 \begin_inset Index idx
22666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 \begin_inset Index idx
22676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22685 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22694 For most purposes, using just the keys
22699 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22700 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22701 toolbar delimiter icon
22702 \begin_inset Graphics
22703 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22708 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22710 \begin_inset Formula \[
22711 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22719 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22720 \begin_inset Formula \[
22721 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22730 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22731 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22736 left side and right side.
22737 If you use the option
22740 \begin_inset space ~
22745 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22746 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22747 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22748 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22751 \begin_layout Standard
22752 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22753 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22754 inside the brackets.
22755 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22760 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22763 \begin_layout Section
22764 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22765 \begin_inset Index idx
22768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 \begin_inset Index idx
22778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 \begin_inset Index idx
22788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22789 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22801 \begin_inset space ~
22807 \begin_inset Graphics
22808 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22813 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22814 Here is an example:
22815 \begin_inset Formula \[
22816 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22825 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22826 \begin_inset space ~
22830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22832 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22837 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22838 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22839 This alignment is set in the box
22844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22892 for every column as default.
22893 For example, the sequence
22894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22905 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22906 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22907 corresponds to the relevant column.
22908 The result will look like this:
22909 \begin_inset Formula \[
22911 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22912 column & has & has\, right\\
22913 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22922 \begin_layout Standard
22923 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22926 arg "newline-insert newline"
22929 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22930 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22932 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22935 or the math toolbar.
22938 \begin_layout Standard
22939 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22940 It can be created with the menu
22942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22943 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22945 \begin_inset space ~
22957 Here is an example:
22958 \begin_inset Formula \[
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22975 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22978 arg "newline-insert newline"
22982 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22987 arg "newline-insert newline"
22990 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22998 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22999 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23000 A new row is created by every further hit of
23003 arg "newline-insert newline"
23007 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23008 Here is an example:
23009 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23010 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23011 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23016 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23017 where you want to start the shift and hit
23022 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23023 position to the next column.
23024 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23025 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23026 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23027 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23035 \begin_layout Standard
23036 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23043 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23044 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23047 reference "eq:asquared"
23052 The other types are described in section
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23059 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23066 \begin_layout Section
23067 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23068 \begin_inset Index idx
23071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23072 Math ! Formula numbering
23078 \begin_inset Index idx
23081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23082 Math ! Referencing formulas
23088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23090 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23097 \begin_layout Standard
23098 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23101 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23111 arg "math-number-toggle"
23115 The formula number appears in LyX as
23116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23123 within parentheses.
23125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23132 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23134 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23135 the document class.
23136 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23137 separated by a dot:
23138 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23147 arg "math-number-toggle"
23150 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23151 You can only number displayed formulas.
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23155 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23158 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23160 \begin_inset space ~
23164 \begin_inset space ~
23168 \begin_inset space ~
23176 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23179 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23180 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23182 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23188 To number all lines use the shortcut
23191 arg "math-number-toggle"
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23198 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23201 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23202 A label is inserted with the menu
23204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23207 when the cursor is in the formula.
23208 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23209 It is recommended to use the proposed
23210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23221 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23222 type when you have many labels in your document.
23223 We inserted in the following example the label
23224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23231 in the second line:
23232 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23233 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23234 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23239 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23240 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23250 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23254 \begin_inset space ~
23260 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23261 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23262 as the formula number:
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23269 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23276 \begin_layout Standard
23277 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23278 \begin_inset space ~
23282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23284 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23289 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23295 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23308 \begin_layout Section
23309 User defined math macros
23310 \begin_inset Index idx
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23324 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23325 Math macros are explained in section
23328 \begin_inset space ~
23340 \begin_layout Section
23344 \begin_layout Subsection
23346 \begin_inset Index idx
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 \begin_layout Standard
23359 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23360 To set a font in a formula, use the
23363 \begin_inset space ~
23369 \begin_inset Graphics
23370 filename ../images/math/font.png
23374 , or enter its command, listed in table
23375 \begin_inset space ~
23379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23381 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23389 \begin_inset Float table
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 \begin_inset Caption
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23400 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23404 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23414 \begin_inset Tabular
23415 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23416 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23478 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}
23487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23506 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}
23515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23596 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}
23605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}
23640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23659 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}
23668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 \begin_layout Standard
23695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23703 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23719 \begin_layout Standard
23720 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23721 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23726 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23727 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23728 Here an example where
23729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23740 denotes the set of numbers:
23741 \begin_inset Formula \[
23742 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23757 \begin_inset space \space{}
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}
23774 \begin_inset Newline newline
23777 So it is better not to use this feature.
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23782 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}
23787 \begin_inset Newline newline
23790 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23796 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23797 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23811 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23814 \begin_layout Standard
23815 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23817 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23818 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23820 \begin_inset space ~
23828 \begin_layout Subsection
23830 \begin_inset Index idx
23833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23843 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23845 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23849 \begin_inset space ~
23853 \begin_inset space ~
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23867 \begin_inset Graphics
23868 filename ../images/math/font.png
23879 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23880 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23881 Here is an example:
23882 \begin_inset Formula \[
23884 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23885 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23894 \begin_layout Subsection
23896 \begin_inset Index idx
23899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23909 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23910 automatically chosen in most situations.
23928 For most characters,
23936 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23937 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23942 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23943 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23945 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23946 \begin_inset Graphics
23947 filename ../images/math/style.png
23952 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23953 For example, you can set
23954 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}
23958 , which is normally in
23967 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}
23972 The four styles are used in the following example:
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle
23981 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}
23986 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}
23991 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}
23998 \begin_layout Standard
23999 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24000 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24004 \begin_inset space ~
24009 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24010 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24011 will be adjusted to correspond.
24012 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24027 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}
24034 \begin_layout Section
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24039 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24040 the document classes and into layout modules.
24041 \begin_inset Index idx
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24050 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24051 other than the AMS classes.
24053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24055 reference "sub:Modules"
24059 for more on layout modules.
24062 \begin_layout Section
24064 \begin_inset Index idx
24067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24074 \begin_inset Index idx
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24087 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24088 (AMS) that are in common use.
24091 \begin_layout Subsection
24092 Enabling AMS-Support
24095 \begin_layout Standard
24096 Selecting the checkbox
24099 \begin_inset space ~
24103 \begin_inset space ~
24107 \begin_inset space ~
24114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24118 \begin_inset Index idx
24121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24122 Document ! Settings
24130 \begin_inset space ~
24135 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24137 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24138 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24141 \begin_layout Subsection
24143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24145 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24150 \begin_inset Index idx
24153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24154 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24164 LyX allows you to choose between
24185 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24188 \begin_layout Chapter
24192 \begin_layout Section
24194 \begin_inset Index idx
24197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24206 name "sec:Cross-References"
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24214 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24215 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24217 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24218 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24219 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24222 \begin_layout Enumerate
24226 \begin_layout Enumerate
24227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24229 name "enu:Second-item"
24236 \begin_layout Enumerate
24240 \begin_layout Standard
24241 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24246 or by pressing the toolbar button
24247 \begin_inset Graphics
24248 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24254 A grey label box like this:
24255 \begin_inset Graphics
24256 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24261 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24262 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24297 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24302 \begin_inset space \space{}
24305 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24320 \begin_layout Standard
24321 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24326 or the toolbar button
24327 \begin_inset Graphics
24328 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24334 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24335 \begin_inset Graphics
24336 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24341 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24343 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24356 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24366 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24371 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24372 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24382 \begin_inset space ~
24386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24388 reference "enu:Second-item"
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 It is recommended to use a protected space
24400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 described in section
24402 \begin_inset space ~
24406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24408 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24417 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24422 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24425 \begin_layout Description
24426 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24429 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24436 \begin_layout Description
24437 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24438 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24450 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24457 \begin_layout Description
24458 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24459 \begin_inset space ~
24463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24464 LatexCommand pageref
24465 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24472 \begin_layout Description
24474 \begin_inset space ~
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24481 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24483 LatexCommand vpageref
24484 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24491 \begin_layout Description
24493 \begin_inset space ~
24497 \begin_inset space ~
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24504 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24508 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24515 \begin_layout Description
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24520 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24521 \begin_inset Newline newline
24525 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24533 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24538 \begin_inset Index idx
24541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24542 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24556 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24557 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24563 \begin_inset space \space{}
24567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24582 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24583 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24584 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24588 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24592 \begin_layout Standard
24593 You can only use the style
24597 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24601 is always possible.
24604 \begin_layout Standard
24605 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24606 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24607 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24608 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24609 \begin_inset space ~
24613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24615 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24622 \begin_layout Standard
24626 \begin_inset space ~
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24635 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24637 The button text changes then to
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24645 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24646 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24647 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24648 \begin_inset Graphics
24649 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24651 rotateOrigin center
24658 \begin_layout Standard
24659 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24660 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24661 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24665 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24666 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24670 References are described in detail in the
24677 \begin_layout Section
24678 Table of Contents and other Listings
24679 \begin_inset Index idx
24682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24689 \begin_inset Index idx
24692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24708 \begin_layout Subsection
24710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24712 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24719 \begin_layout Standard
24720 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24723 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24725 \begin_inset space ~
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24735 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24736 If you click on it, the
24740 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24741 sections in your documents.
24742 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24747 that is described in sec.
24748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24754 reference "sec:Navigating"
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24763 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24765 \begin_inset space ~
24769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24771 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24775 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24777 \begin_inset space ~
24781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24783 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24787 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24789 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24792 \begin_layout Subsection
24793 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24796 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24805 You can insert them via the
24807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24809 \begin_inset space ~
24813 \begin_inset space ~
24819 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24822 \begin_layout Section
24823 URLs and Hyperlinks
24824 \begin_inset Index idx
24827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24834 \begin_inset Index idx
24837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24846 \begin_layout Subsection
24848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24858 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24868 \begin_inset Flex URL
24871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24888 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24892 \begin_layout Standard
24893 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24901 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24909 \begin_layout Subsection
24911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24913 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24920 \begin_layout Standard
24921 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24926 or with the toolbar button
24927 \begin_inset Graphics
24928 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24934 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24943 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24944 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24947 name "LyX's homepage"
24948 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24952 , an Email address like this:
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24955 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24956 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24961 , or a link to a file.
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24978 to the link target.
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24982 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24983 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24984 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24985 the text style dialog.
24986 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24992 name "LyX's homepage"
24993 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25001 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25005 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25008 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25012 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25014 \begin_inset Newline newline
25022 \begin_inset Newline newline
25029 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25032 \begin_layout Section
25034 \begin_inset Index idx
25037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25046 name "sec:Appendices"
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 Appendices are created with the menu
25056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25058 \begin_inset space ~
25062 \begin_inset space ~
25068 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25069 as the appendix region.
25070 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25074 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25075 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25076 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25077 and the subsection number.
25078 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25084 \begin_inset space ~
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25090 reference "cha:Credits"
25095 \begin_inset space ~
25099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25101 reference "sub:Export"
25108 \begin_layout Section
25110 \begin_inset Index idx
25113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25122 name "sec:Bibliography"
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25131 You can include a bibliography database,
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25136 Known under the name
25137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25149 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25150 manually, using the paragraph environment
25154 , which was described in section
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25161 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25166 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25167 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25171 use a bibliography database.
25174 \begin_layout Subsection
25175 The Bibliography Environment
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25183 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25185 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25194 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25196 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25205 , a short form of its title, as key.
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25214 or the toolbar button
25215 \begin_inset Graphics
25216 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25222 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25223 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25224 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25225 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25230 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25231 entry with surrounding brackets.
25236 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25237 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25249 \begin_layout Standard
25252 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25255 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25257 key "latexcompanion"
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25266 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25275 \begin_layout Subsection
25276 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25277 \begin_inset Index idx
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25281 Bibliography ! Databases
25287 \begin_inset Index idx
25290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25291 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25299 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25315 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25316 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25321 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25323 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25324 your working field in a database.
25325 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25326 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25328 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 The database is a text file with the file extension
25334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25345 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25346 The format is explained in
25347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25353 and in LaTeX books (
25354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25356 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25361 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25362 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25363 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25364 \begin_inset Flex URL
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 To use a database, use the menu
25380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25385 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25398 \begin_inset space ~
25404 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25405 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25408 Add bibliography to TOC
25410 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25415 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25431 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25432 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25433 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25435 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25441 For information how this is done, have a look at
25442 \begin_inset Newline newline
25446 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25448 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25465 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25466 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25469 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 \begin_inset space ~
25503 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 When you select the option
25521 Sectioned bibliography
25525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25528 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25529 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25531 Customizing Bibliographies
25539 Additional Features
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25546 the two methods of creating them.
25547 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25548 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25549 We used the style file
25553 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25556 \begin_layout Subsection
25557 Bibliography layout
25558 \begin_inset Index idx
25561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25562 Bibliography ! Layout
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25572 For this feature you need to enable the option
25578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25582 \begin_inset Index idx
25585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25586 Document ! Settings
25596 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25597 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25598 in the previous section.
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25602 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25603 in the citation reference window.
25604 Here an example where we set the text
25605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25616 to appear after the reference:
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25624 key "latexcompanion"
25631 \begin_layout Section
25633 \begin_inset Index idx
25636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25653 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25657 \begin_inset space ~
25662 or the toolbar button
25663 \begin_inset Graphics
25664 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25682 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25683 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25684 by LyX as the index entry.
25687 \begin_layout Standard
25688 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25689 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25693 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 \begin_inset space ~
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25716 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25718 \begin_inset space ~
25724 A light blue box labeled
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25736 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25737 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25740 \begin_layout Subsection
25741 Grouping Index Entries
25742 \begin_inset Index idx
25745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25757 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25758 lists under the entry
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25767 First we create the entry
25768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25782 reference "sub:Lists"
25787 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25788 \begin_inset space ~
25792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25794 reference "sec:Itemize"
25798 , we insert the command
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 for the enumerated list in section
25819 \begin_inset space ~
25823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25825 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 The exclamation mark
25834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25841 marks the grouping levels.
25842 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25843 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25844 If we don't have an index entry for
25845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25852 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25855 \begin_layout Subsection
25857 \begin_inset Index idx
25860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25861 Index ! Page ranges
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25872 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25873 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25891 Paragraph environments|(
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25895 and another entry at the end of section
25896 \begin_inset space ~
25900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25902 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25912 Paragraph environments|)
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25940 respectively start and end the index range.
25941 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25942 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25943 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25944 An example is the index entry
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25948 Document ! Settings
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 \begin_layout Subsection
25957 \begin_inset Index idx
25960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25961 Index ! Cross referencing
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25971 We referred for example in the index entry
25972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25986 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25990 ) to the index entry
25991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 in the same section using the entry
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26004 GIF|see{Image formats}
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26008 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26009 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26010 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26013 \begin_layout Subsection
26015 \begin_inset Index idx
26018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26019 Index ! Entry order
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26029 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26030 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26035 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26037 \begin_inset space ~
26041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26043 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26052 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26053 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26078 \begin_inset Index idx
26081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26082 Dummy entries ! maïs
26088 \begin_inset Index idx
26091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26092 Dummy entries ! maître
26098 \begin_inset Index idx
26101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26107 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26108 order maïs, maison, maître.
26109 To achieve this, we use the command
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26115 previous entry@current entry
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26119 In our case we want to have
26120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26135 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26145 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26146 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26163 to generate the index (see sec.
26164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26170 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26179 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26187 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26191 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26192 index commands start with
26193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26210 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26237 \begin_layout Subsection
26239 \begin_inset Index idx
26242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26243 Index ! Entry layout
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26253 \begin_inset Index idx
26256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26259 This is an italic dummy entry
26264 You can also format the page number using the character
26265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26272 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26273 We can write for example
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26279 italic page number:|textit
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 to get the page number in italic.
26284 \begin_inset Index idx
26287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26288 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26293 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26311 \begin_inset space ~
26317 Have a look at section
26318 \begin_inset space ~
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26324 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26328 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26344 to generate the index, see sec.
26345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26351 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26360 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26361 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26366 key "latexcompanion"
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26379 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26381 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26382 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26383 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26384 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26385 If so, put the following in the preamble
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26410 \begin_layout Standard
26411 in the index entry.
26412 \begin_inset Index idx
26415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26416 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26421 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26422 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26423 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26433 \begin_inset space \space{}
26436 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26437 for all index entries.
26438 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26450 documentation for details,
26451 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26453 key "makeindex,xindy"
26460 \begin_layout Subsection
26462 \begin_inset Index idx
26465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26474 name "sub:Index-Program"
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26482 When the index entry program
26486 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26487 generation; otherwise the program
26491 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26492 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26493 dialog, see section
26494 \begin_inset space ~
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26500 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26505 The available options are listed and explained in
26506 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26508 key "makeindex,xindy"
26513 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26521 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26522 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26523 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26524 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26525 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26533 \begin_layout Section
26534 Nomenclature / Glossary
26535 \begin_inset Index idx
26538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26545 \begin_inset Index idx
26548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26579 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26588 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26593 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26598 \begin_inset Index idx
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26608 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26615 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26620 and then use the menu
26622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 \begin_inset space ~
26633 or the toolbar button
26634 \begin_inset Graphics
26635 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26653 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26658 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26659 The second is the description of the symbol.
26662 \begin_layout Standard
26663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26671 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26679 \begin_layout Subsection
26680 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26681 \begin_inset Index idx
26684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 Nomenclature ! Layout
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26698 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26704 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26713 \begin_inset Newline newline
26721 \begin_inset Newline newline
26727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26734 character starts/ends the formula.
26735 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26747 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26758 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26759 \begin_inset space ~
26763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26765 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26776 \begin_inset space ~
26781 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26782 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26787 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26795 in this document is:
26796 \begin_inset Newline newline
26801 dummy entry for the character
26806 \begin_inset Newline newline
26818 \begin_inset space ~
26828 font use the command
26857 \begin_layout Subsection
26858 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26859 \begin_inset Index idx
26862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26863 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26872 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26873 the symbol definition.
26874 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26875 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26878 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26879 LatexCommand nomenclature
26881 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26888 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26893 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26894 LatexCommand nomenclature
26897 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26902 They will be sorted by
26903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26929 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26933 will be sorted before the
26937 since the character
26938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26945 is considered in sorting.
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26952 \begin_inset space ~
26957 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26958 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26960 For the example given, you can insert
26964 in this field for the
26965 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26973 will be located before
26974 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26982 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26987 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26996 \begin_layout Subsection
26997 Nomenclature Options
26998 \begin_inset Index idx
27001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27002 Nomenclature ! Options
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27015 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27016 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27019 \begin_layout Description
27020 refeq Appends the phrase
27021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27036 to every nomenclature entry, where
27042 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27045 \begin_layout Description
27046 refpage Appends the phrase
27047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27062 to every nomenclature entry, where
27068 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27071 \begin_layout Description
27072 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 There are furthermore the options
27120 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27124 \begin_layout Standard
27125 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27126 class options list in the
27128 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27132 In this document the option
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27140 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27146 \begin_layout Standard
27147 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27148 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27153 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27156 \begin_layout Description
27166 \begin_layout Description
27169 nomrefpage Like the
27176 \begin_layout Description
27179 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27188 \begin_layout Description
27192 \begin_inset space ~
27198 \begin_inset space ~
27203 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27206 \begin_layout Subsection
27207 Printing the Nomenclature
27208 \begin_inset Index idx
27211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 Nomenclature ! Printing
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27225 \begin_inset space ~
27229 \begin_inset space ~
27232 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27236 A light blue box labeled
27237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27248 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27249 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27253 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27262 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27270 For example, in order to change the name to
27274 , add the following line to the preamble:
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27285 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27289 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27297 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27308 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27311 \begin_layout Standard
27314 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27315 \begin_inset space ~
27319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27321 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27326 The default value is 1
27327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27333 \begin_layout Subsection
27334 Nomenclature Program
27335 \begin_inset Index idx
27338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27339 Nomenclature ! Program
27345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27347 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 LyX uses the program
27359 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27360 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27365 by adding options, see section
27366 \begin_inset space ~
27370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27372 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27377 The available options are listed and explained in
27378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27380 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27387 \begin_layout Section
27389 \begin_inset Index idx
27392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27399 \begin_inset Index idx
27402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27403 Document ! Branches
27409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27411 name "sec:Branches"
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27419 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27420 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27421 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27422 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27426 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27427 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27428 To create a branch, go in the
27430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27438 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27439 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27444 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27449 where you can choose a branch.
27450 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27455 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 \begin_inset Branch Question
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27463 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27472 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27476 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27485 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27492 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27493 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27495 For example you can define for the question branch
27499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27500 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27501 \begin_inset space ~
27505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27507 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 and for the answer branch
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27564 \begin_inset Branch Question
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 Now it is possible to use the commands
27640 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27647 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27650 to obtain conditional output.
27651 Here is an example formula where only the
27658 \begin_inset Formula \[
27659 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27676 \begin_layout Section
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27680 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27685 \begin_inset Index idx
27688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27702 dialog allows you in the
27706 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27707 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27712 \begin_inset Index idx
27715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27729 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27730 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27731 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27733 You can specify in the dialog tab
27737 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27739 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27740 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27749 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27750 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27751 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27753 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27754 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27756 \begin_inset space ~
27759 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27760 \begin_inset space ~
27763 1 will only display the sections.
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 The header information in the dialog tab
27771 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27772 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27777 \begin_inset space \space{}
27780 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27781 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27784 Automatic fill header
27786 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27787 title and author settings.
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27793 Load in fullscreen mode
27795 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27800 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27806 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27807 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27816 \begin_layout Section
27817 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27820 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27827 \begin_layout Subsection
27829 \begin_inset Index idx
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27841 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27849 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27850 constructs, but not all.
27851 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27852 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27853 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27854 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27855 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27860 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27862 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27866 \begin_inset space ~
27871 or by the toolbar button
27872 \begin_inset Graphics
27873 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27878 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27883 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27884 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27885 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27892 , you can write the command part
27898 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27902 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27903 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27904 the following example:
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27908 \begin_inset Graphics
27909 filename clipart/ERT.png
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27921 \begin_layout Standard
27922 This is a line with a
27926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27958 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27959 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27967 \begin_layout Subsection
27968 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27969 \begin_inset OptArg
27972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27979 \begin_inset Index idx
27982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27991 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28000 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28001 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28010 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28011 any time if you know the right commands.
28013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28017 \begin_inset space \space{}
28020 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28022 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28023 all caption labels bold.
28024 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28026 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28032 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28033 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 As result you know that the package
28050 \begin_inset Index idx
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28054 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28060 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28073 usepackage[options]{package name}
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28077 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28078 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28079 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28083 In your case the package name is
28088 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28093 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28094 So you add the command
28097 \begin_layout Standard
28102 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 For more commands provided by the
28115 package, have a look at its documentation,
28116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28133 For example if you use a
28137 class, you don't need the package
28141 , you can instead write
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28149 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28155 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28156 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28157 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28164 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28167 \begin_layout Standard
28168 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28169 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28171 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28172 the previous section.
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28178 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28180 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28188 \begin_layout Section
28189 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28192 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28197 \begin_inset Index idx
28200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28207 \begin_inset Index idx
28210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28221 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28222 to break your train of thought with
28224 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28231 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28232 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28237 \begin_inset Index idx
28240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28246 as explained below, and turn on
28249 \begin_inset space ~
28256 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28262 \begin_inset space ~
28266 \begin_inset space ~
28269 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28276 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28278 Previews of an already loaded document are
28282 generated just by selecting the
28285 \begin_inset space ~
28290 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28293 \begin_layout Standard
28294 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28295 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28298 \begin_inset space ~
28303 check box in the insert dialog.
28304 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28309 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28313 (on some systems named simply
28318 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28320 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28326 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28327 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28335 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28347 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28351 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 \begin_inset space ~
28358 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28359 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28361 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28362 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28363 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28364 the source view window.
28367 \begin_layout Section
28369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28371 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28376 \begin_inset Index idx
28379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28390 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28407 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28413 can be seen as the successor to
28417 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28422 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28423 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28433 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28440 \begin_layout Standard
28443 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28446 or the toolbar button
28447 \begin_inset Graphics
28448 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28453 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28454 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28455 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28456 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28457 scrolled so that it is visible.
28462 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28464 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28468 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28469 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28480 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28481 will bring an error message.
28482 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28483 specifying a different
28485 Alternative language
28487 in preferences dialog.
28490 \begin_layout Standard
28491 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28494 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28499 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28500 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28502 But you can use the
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28509 \begin_inset space ~
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28519 This does work with
28523 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28526 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28535 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28538 \begin_layout Description
28540 \begin_inset space ~
28543 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28544 should consider, e.
28545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28549 \begin_inset space \space{}
28552 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28553 This should not normally be needed.
28556 \begin_layout Description
28558 \begin_inset space ~
28561 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28562 the spell checker's default choice
28565 \begin_layout Description
28567 \begin_inset space ~
28571 \begin_inset space ~
28574 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28586 \begin_layout Description
28588 \begin_inset space ~
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28595 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28604 also for the spellchecker.
28608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28609 The encodings are explained in section
28610 \begin_inset space ~
28614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28616 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28625 Only enable this if you use
28629 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28630 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28631 so this is disabled by default.
28634 \begin_layout Section
28636 \begin_inset Index idx
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28648 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28657 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28667 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28669 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28678 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28679 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28680 are available for many languages.
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28688 \begin_layout Subsection
28689 Setting up the thesaurus
28692 \begin_layout Standard
28697 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28702 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28707 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28713 en_EN for English).
28714 For instance, the English files are named:
28717 \begin_layout Itemize
28721 \begin_layout Itemize
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28727 already on your system.
28728 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28729 \begin_inset Flex URL
28732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28734 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28740 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28745 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28747 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28748 unpack a zip archive.
28751 \begin_layout Standard
28760 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28761 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28763 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28764 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28768 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28771 \begin_layout Subsection
28772 Using the thesaurus
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28776 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28778 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28781 or the toolbar button
28782 \begin_inset Graphics
28783 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28785 rotateOrigin center
28789 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28791 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28793 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28794 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28795 and hyponyms (such as
28803 ), compounds (such as
28807 ) and antonyms (such as
28815 ), which are marked as such.
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28819 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28820 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28825 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28826 the dictionary, such as the above
28830 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28835 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28836 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28837 For example looking up the word forms
28845 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28850 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28863 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28864 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28865 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28868 \begin_layout Subsection
28869 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28872 \begin_layout Standard
28877 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28882 as a standalone program.
28883 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28884 The library was released under the
28886 Berkeley Database License
28888 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28889 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28890 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28892 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28895 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28899 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28902 \begin_layout Section
28904 \begin_inset Index idx
28907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28914 \begin_inset Index idx
28917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28918 Document ! Change Tracking
28924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28926 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28935 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28936 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28937 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 \begin_inset space ~
28944 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28946 \begin_inset space ~
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28955 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
28969 The color depends on the author that made the change.
28970 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28973 \begin_inset space ~
28977 \begin_inset space ~
28987 \begin_inset Index idx
28990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28991 Color ! Change tracking
28996 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
28997 the cursor is in changed text.
28998 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
28999 \begin_inset Graphics
29000 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29002 rotateOrigin center
29009 \begin_layout Standard
29010 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29011 \begin_inset Index idx
29014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29024 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29030 \begin_layout Standard
29031 \begin_inset Graphics
29032 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29040 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29046 \begin_layout Standard
29047 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29051 \begin_layout Standard
29052 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29059 \begin_inset Tabular
29060 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29061 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29062 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29063 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29069 \begin_inset Graphics
29070 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29072 rotateOrigin center
29081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29089 \begin_inset space ~
29092 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29094 \begin_inset space ~
29103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_inset Graphics
29109 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29111 rotateOrigin center
29120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29128 \begin_inset space ~
29131 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29133 \begin_inset space ~
29137 \begin_inset space ~
29141 \begin_inset space ~
29150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29155 \begin_inset Graphics
29156 filename ../images/change-next.png
29157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29158 rotateOrigin center
29167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 Jumps to the next change
29177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29182 \begin_inset Graphics
29183 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29185 rotateOrigin center
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29202 \begin_inset space ~
29205 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29221 \begin_inset Graphics
29222 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29224 rotateOrigin center
29233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29241 \begin_inset space ~
29244 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29246 \begin_inset space ~
29255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29260 \begin_inset Graphics
29261 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29263 rotateOrigin center
29272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29283 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29285 \begin_inset space ~
29294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29299 \begin_inset Graphics
29300 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29302 rotateOrigin center
29311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29319 \begin_inset space ~
29322 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29324 \begin_inset space ~
29328 \begin_inset space ~
29337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 \begin_inset Graphics
29343 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29345 rotateOrigin center
29354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29362 \begin_inset space ~
29365 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29367 \begin_inset space ~
29371 \begin_inset space ~
29380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29385 \begin_inset Graphics
29386 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29388 rotateOrigin center
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29404 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29406 \begin_inset space ~
29415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29420 \begin_inset Graphics
29421 filename ../images/note-next.png
29422 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29423 rotateOrigin center
29432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29457 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29463 \begin_layout Standard
29464 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29465 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29466 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29467 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29468 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29469 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29470 step to the next change.
29471 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29475 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29476 to describe a change.
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29480 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29485 \begin_inset Index idx
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29489 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29495 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29496 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29502 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29505 \begin_layout Section
29506 International Support
29507 \begin_inset Index idx
29510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29511 International support
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29520 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29521 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29522 how to set up LyX to use them:
29523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29525 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29532 \begin_layout Standard
29533 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29534 \begin_inset space ~
29538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29540 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29547 \begin_layout Subsection
29549 \begin_inset Index idx
29552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29559 \begin_inset Index idx
29562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 Document ! Settings
29569 \begin_inset Index idx
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 Document ! Language
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29587 dialog lets you set
29589 the language and character encoding for your language.
29593 \begin_layout Standard
29594 Choose your language in the
29598 section of this dialog.
29606 \begin_layout Standard
29611 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29616 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29617 For details about the different encoding options see section
29618 \begin_inset space ~
29622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29624 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29631 \begin_layout Subsection
29632 Keyboard mapping configuration
29633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29635 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29643 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29644 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29645 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29646 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29647 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29649 \begin_inset space ~
29653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29655 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29660 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29661 which one you want to use.
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29665 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29666 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29667 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29668 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29669 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29670 one to support the characters you want.
29671 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29678 \begin_layout Subsection
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29684 \begin_inset space ~
29688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29690 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29699 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29703 \begin_layout Standard
29704 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29705 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29713 \begin_layout Itemize
29714 Even if you have selected
29720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29723 dialog, users who have only the
29727 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29731 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29732 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29733 french quotes won't show up.
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29737 \begin_inset Float table
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 \begin_inset Caption
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29748 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 \begin_inset Tabular
29767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29784 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29785 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34201 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34202 also the characters from
34214 \begin_layout Itemize
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34224 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34231 \begin_layout Standard
34232 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34239 \begin_layout Standard
34240 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34247 \begin_layout Standard
34248 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34249 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34255 \begin_layout Standard
34257 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34263 \begin_layout Standard
34265 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34271 \begin_layout Standard
34273 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34280 \begin_layout Itemize
34293 \begin_layout Standard
34295 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34301 \begin_layout Standard
34303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34309 \begin_layout Standard
34311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34317 \begin_layout Standard
34319 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34325 \begin_layout Standard
34327 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34335 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34342 \begin_layout Standard
34343 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34344 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34345 Also make sure you're using the
34352 \begin_layout Chapter
34355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34357 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34364 \begin_layout Standard
34365 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34366 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34367 topic inside the user's guide.
34370 \begin_layout Section
34372 \begin_inset Index idx
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34389 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34390 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34393 \begin_layout Subsection
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34398 Creates a new document.
34401 \begin_layout Subsection
34405 \begin_layout Standard
34406 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34407 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34408 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34411 \begin_layout Subsection
34415 \begin_layout Standard
34419 \begin_layout Subsection
34423 \begin_layout Standard
34424 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34425 Click there on a file to open it.
34428 \begin_layout Subsection
34432 \begin_layout Standard
34433 Closes the current document.
34436 \begin_layout Subsection
34440 \begin_layout Standard
34441 Saves the actual document.
34444 \begin_layout Subsection
34448 \begin_layout Standard
34449 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34452 \begin_layout Subsection
34456 \begin_layout Standard
34457 Saves all opened documents.
34460 \begin_layout Subsection
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34468 \begin_layout Subsection
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34474 It is described in the section
34476 Version Control in LyX
34480 Additional Features
34485 \begin_layout Subsection
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34491 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34492 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34493 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34497 When using the menu entry
34500 \begin_inset space ~
34505 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34509 \begin_inset space ~
34513 \begin_inset space ~
34518 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34519 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34522 \begin_layout Subsection
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 You can export your document to various file formats.
34535 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34536 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34537 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34540 \begin_layout Standard
34541 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34543 \begin_inset space ~
34547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34549 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34556 \begin_layout Description
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34565 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34566 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34569 \begin_layout Description
34577 \begin_layout Description
34578 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34582 \begin_layout Description
34584 \begin_inset space ~
34588 \begin_inset space ~
34591 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34595 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34603 \begin_layout Description
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34618 \begin_inset space ~
34623 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34624 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34628 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34631 \begin_layout Description
34638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 \begin_inset space ~
34651 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34652 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34660 \begin_layout Description
34662 \begin_inset space ~
34665 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34673 is replaced by the version number)
34676 \begin_layout Description
34677 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34690 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34694 \begin_layout Description
34698 \begin_inset space ~
34703 PDF-format using the program
34708 \begin_layout Description
34712 \begin_inset space ~
34717 PDF-format using the program
34722 \begin_layout Description
34726 \begin_inset space ~
34731 PDF-format using the program
34736 \begin_layout Description
34740 \begin_inset space ~
34748 \begin_layout Description
34752 \begin_inset space ~
34756 \begin_inset space ~
34761 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34762 and then exported as text using the program
34767 \begin_layout Description
34772 PostScript format using the program
34777 \begin_layout Description
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34790 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34791 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34797 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34800 \begin_layout Standard
34801 If one of the menu entries
34808 \begin_inset space ~
34817 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34818 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34819 \begin_inset space ~
34823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34825 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34830 \begin_inset Index idx
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 Reconfiguration of LyX
34842 \begin_layout Standard
34847 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34848 the export program.
34851 \begin_layout Subsection
34855 \begin_layout Standard
34856 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34857 format or send it to a printer.
34858 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34859 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34865 For more information have a look at section
34866 \begin_inset space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34879 \begin_layout Subsection
34880 New and Close Window
34883 \begin_layout Standard
34884 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
34887 \begin_layout Subsection
34891 \begin_layout Standard
34892 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
34895 \begin_layout Section
34897 \begin_inset Index idx
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34909 \begin_layout Subsection
34913 \begin_layout Standard
34914 Described in section
34915 \begin_inset space ~
34919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34921 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34929 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 Described in section
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34951 \begin_layout Standard
34952 Selects the whole document.
34955 \begin_layout Subsection
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34960 Described in section
34961 \begin_inset space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34974 \begin_layout Subsection
34975 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34978 \begin_layout Standard
34979 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34983 \begin_layout Subsection
34987 \begin_layout Standard
34988 Described in section
34989 \begin_inset space ~
34993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34995 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35002 \begin_layout Subsection
35004 \begin_inset Index idx
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35008 Paragraph ! Settings
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35017 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35018 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35021 \begin_layout Standard
35022 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35023 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35031 \begin_inset space ~
35039 \begin_layout Subsection
35040 Table Settings and Math
35043 \begin_layout Standard
35044 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35046 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35047 The properties of tables are described in section
35048 \begin_inset space ~
35052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35054 reference "sec:Tables"
35058 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35065 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35072 \begin_layout Subsection
35073 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35076 \begin_layout Standard
35077 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35078 that can be nested.
35079 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35086 reference "sec:Nesting"
35091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35093 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35100 \begin_layout Section
35102 \begin_inset Index idx
35105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 \begin_layout Standard
35119 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35120 document with an external program.
35121 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35122 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35123 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35124 \begin_inset space ~
35128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35130 reference "sub:Export"
35135 You should at least see the menu entries
35142 \begin_inset space ~
35148 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35149 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35150 \begin_inset space ~
35154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35156 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35161 \begin_inset Index idx
35164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 Reconfiguration of LyX
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35175 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35176 \begin_inset space ~
35180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35182 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35187 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35190 \begin_layout Standard
35191 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35194 At the bottom of the
35198 menu the opened documents are listed.
35201 \begin_layout Subsection
35202 Open/Close all Insets
35205 \begin_layout Standard
35206 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35209 \begin_layout Subsection
35210 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35214 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35217 \begin_layout Standard
35218 Math macros are described in the
35225 \begin_layout Subsection
35229 \begin_layout Standard
35230 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35232 \begin_inset space ~
35236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35238 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35245 \begin_layout Subsection
35249 \begin_layout Standard
35250 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35251 opening a new view window.
35254 \begin_layout Subsection
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35260 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35261 view the same document, but at different positions.
35262 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35263 or more documents at the same time.
35264 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35271 \begin_layout Subsection
35275 \begin_layout Standard
35276 Closes a split view.
35279 \begin_layout Subsection
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35285 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35286 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35287 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35288 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35291 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35295 name "sub:Toolbars"
35300 \begin_inset Index idx
35303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35312 \begin_layout Standard
35313 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35314 All toolbars and the
35317 \begin_inset space ~
35322 can be turned on and off.
35327 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35348 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35352 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35364 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35368 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35369 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35370 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35371 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35372 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35377 \begin_inset space ~
35381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35383 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35390 \begin_layout Section
35392 \begin_inset Index idx
35395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35404 \begin_layout Subsection
35408 \begin_layout Standard
35409 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35410 \begin_inset space ~
35414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35416 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35427 \begin_layout Subsection
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35431 name "sub:Special-Character"
35438 \begin_layout Standard
35439 Here you can insert the following characters:
35442 \begin_layout Description
35443 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35444 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35445 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35446 \begin_inset Newline newline
35450 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35458 Not all characters will be visible in the
35462 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35470 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35474 ) can display every character.
35482 \begin_layout Description
35483 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35496 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35497 \begin_inset space ~
35501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35503 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35510 \begin_layout Description
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35515 Quote Inserts this quote:
35516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35519 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35531 \begin_layout Description
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35536 Quote Inserts this quote:
35537 \begin_inset Quotes els
35543 \begin_layout Description
35545 \begin_inset space ~
35548 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35552 \begin_layout Description
35554 \begin_inset space ~
35557 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35561 \begin_layout Description
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35566 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35570 \begin_layout Description
35572 \begin_inset space ~
35576 \begin_inset Index idx
35579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35586 \begin_inset Index idx
35589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35590 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35595 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35596 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35597 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35602 \begin_inset Index idx
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35612 \begin_inset Newline newline
35615 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35619 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35627 and this Wiki-page:
35628 \begin_inset Newline newline
35632 \begin_inset Flex URL
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35645 \begin_layout Subsection
35649 \begin_layout Standard
35650 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35653 \begin_layout Description
35654 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35655 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}
35662 \begin_layout Description
35663 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35664 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}
35671 \begin_layout Description
35673 \begin_inset space ~
35676 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35690 \begin_layout Description
35692 \begin_inset space ~
35695 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35709 \begin_layout Description
35711 \begin_inset space ~
35714 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35721 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35728 \begin_layout Description
35730 \begin_inset space ~
35733 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35734 \begin_inset space ~
35738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35740 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35747 \begin_layout Description
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35752 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35759 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35766 \begin_layout Description
35768 \begin_inset space ~
35771 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35772 \begin_inset space ~
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35778 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35785 \begin_layout Description
35787 \begin_inset space ~
35790 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35791 \begin_inset space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35804 \begin_layout Description
35806 \begin_inset space ~
35809 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35816 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35823 \begin_layout Description
35825 \begin_inset space ~
35829 \begin_inset space ~
35832 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35833 \begin_inset space ~
35837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35839 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35846 \begin_layout Description
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35851 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35852 text line to the page border, see section
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35859 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35866 \begin_layout Description
35868 \begin_inset space ~
35871 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35878 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35885 \begin_layout Description
35887 \begin_inset space ~
35890 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35891 text page to the page border, described in section
35892 \begin_inset space ~
35896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35898 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35905 \begin_layout Description
35907 \begin_inset space ~
35910 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35911 \begin_inset space ~
35915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35917 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35924 \begin_layout Description
35926 \begin_inset space ~
35930 \begin_inset space ~
35933 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35940 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35947 \begin_layout Subsection
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35952 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
35953 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35955 \begin_inset space ~
35959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35961 reference "sec:toc"
35966 The index list is described in section
35967 \begin_inset space ~
35971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35973 reference "sec:Index"
35977 , the nomenclature in section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35988 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35995 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36002 \begin_layout Subsection
36006 \begin_layout Standard
36007 To insert floats, described in section
36008 \begin_inset space ~
36012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36014 reference "sec:Floats"
36021 \begin_layout Subsection
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 To insert notes, described in section
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36033 reference "sec:Notes"
36040 \begin_layout Subsection
36044 \begin_layout Standard
36045 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36046 \begin_inset space ~
36050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36052 reference "sec:Branches"
36059 \begin_layout Subsection
36063 \begin_layout Standard
36064 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36065 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36067 An example is the document class
36068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36075 with three custom insets.
36078 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36084 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36087 \begin_layout Subsection
36089 \begin_inset Index idx
36092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36103 files in your document.
36104 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36117 \begin_inset Index idx
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 \begin_layout Standard
36130 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36137 reference "sec:Minipages"
36142 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36153 \begin_layout Subsection
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36158 Inserts a citation as described in section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36165 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36172 \begin_layout Subsection
36176 \begin_layout Standard
36177 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36191 \begin_layout Subsection
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 Inserts a label as described in section
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36203 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36210 \begin_layout Subsection
36212 \begin_inset Index idx
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36222 \begin_inset Index idx
36225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 Longtables ! Caption
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36236 Floats are described in section
36237 \begin_inset space ~
36241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36243 reference "sec:Floats"
36247 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36258 \begin_layout Subsection
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36270 reference "sec:Index"
36277 \begin_layout Subsection
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36283 \begin_inset space ~
36287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36289 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36296 \begin_layout Subsection
36300 \begin_layout Standard
36302 Tables are described in section
36303 \begin_inset space ~
36307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36309 reference "sec:Tables"
36316 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36322 Graphics are described in section
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Graphics"
36336 \begin_layout Subsection
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36341 Inserts an URL as described in section
36342 \begin_inset space ~
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36348 reference "sub:URLs"
36355 \begin_layout Subsection
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36374 \begin_layout Subsection
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 Inserts a footnote, see section
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Inserts a short title, see section
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36431 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36437 \begin_inset space ~
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36450 \begin_layout Subsection
36452 \begin_inset Index idx
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 \begin_layout Standard
36465 Inserts a program listings box.
36466 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36468 Program Code Listings
36477 \begin_layout Subsection
36481 \begin_layout Standard
36482 Inserts the actual date.
36483 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36485 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36497 \begin_layout Section
36499 \begin_inset Index idx
36502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 \begin_layout Standard
36512 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36513 \begin_inset space ~
36516 of the current document.
36517 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36520 \begin_layout Subsection
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36525 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36526 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36532 \begin_inset space \space{}
36536 \begin_inset space ~
36540 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36541 \begin_inset space ~
36544 2.5 and use the menu
36547 \begin_inset space ~
36551 \begin_inset space ~
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36564 \begin_inset space ~
36568 \begin_inset space ~
36574 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36578 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36584 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36591 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36592 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36595 \begin_layout Subsection
36596 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36599 \begin_layout Standard
36600 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36604 \begin_layout Subsection
36608 \begin_layout Standard
36609 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36610 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36611 on a cross-reference box.
36614 \begin_layout Section
36616 \begin_inset Index idx
36619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36628 \begin_layout Subsection
36632 \begin_layout Standard
36633 Change Tracking is described in section
36634 \begin_inset space ~
36638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36640 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36647 \begin_layout Subsection
36652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36663 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36665 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36669 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36674 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36677 \begin_layout Subsection
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36682 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36683 \begin_inset space ~
36687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36689 reference "sec:Navigating"
36694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36696 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36703 \begin_layout Subsection
36704 Start Appendix Here
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36709 position as described in section
36710 \begin_inset space ~
36714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36716 reference "sec:Appendices"
36723 \begin_layout Subsection
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 Un/compresses the current document.
36731 \begin_layout Subsection
36735 \begin_layout Standard
36736 The document settings are described in appendix
36737 \begin_inset space ~
36741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36743 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36750 \begin_layout Section
36752 \begin_inset Index idx
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36764 \begin_layout Subsection
36768 \begin_layout Standard
36769 Spell checking is explained in section
36770 \begin_inset space ~
36774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36776 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36783 \begin_layout Subsection
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 The thesaurus is described in section
36789 \begin_inset space ~
36793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36795 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36802 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 \begin_inset Index idx
36807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 \begin_inset Index idx
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 \begin_layout Standard
36827 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36828 highlighted document part.
36831 \begin_layout Subsection
36833 \begin_inset Index idx
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36846 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36851 \begin_inset Index idx
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36855 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36866 Reconfiguration of LyX
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 \begin_inset Index idx
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 Reconfiguration of LyX
36895 \begin_layout Standard
36896 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
36897 and needed programs it needs; see also section
36898 \begin_inset space ~
36902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36904 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36911 \begin_layout Subsection
36915 \begin_layout Standard
36916 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36923 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36930 \begin_layout Section
36932 \begin_inset Index idx
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36944 \begin_layout Standard
36945 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36949 \begin_layout Standard
36953 \begin_inset space ~
36958 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36959 found by LyX (see also section
36960 \begin_inset space ~
36964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36966 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36973 \begin_layout Section
36975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36977 name "sec:Toolbars"
36984 \begin_layout Standard
36985 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36986 \begin_inset space ~
36990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36992 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37000 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37001 This is described in the
37003 Additional Features
37008 \begin_layout Subsection
37010 \begin_inset Index idx
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37023 \begin_inset Graphics
37024 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37033 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 \begin_inset Note Note
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37061 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37066 manual for more information.
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 \begin_inset Tabular
37083 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37084 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37092 \begin_inset Graphics
37093 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37107 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37120 \begin_layout Standard
37121 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37127 \begin_layout Standard
37129 \begin_inset Tabular
37130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37131 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37132 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37141 \begin_inset Graphics
37142 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37170 \begin_inset Graphics
37171 filename ../images/file-open.png
37172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37199 \begin_inset Graphics
37200 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37201 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 \begin_inset Graphics
37229 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 \begin_inset Graphics
37258 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 \begin_inset Graphics
37287 filename ../images/undo.png
37288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37315 \begin_inset Graphics
37316 filename ../images/redo.png
37317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 \begin_inset Graphics
37345 filename ../images/cut.png
37346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 \begin_inset Graphics
37374 filename ../images/copy.png
37375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 \begin_inset Graphics
37403 filename ../images/paste.png
37404 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 \begin_inset Graphics
37432 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37434 rotateOrigin center
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_inset Graphics
37470 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37472 rotateOrigin center
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset Graphics
37501 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37517 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37519 \begin_inset space ~
37530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 \begin_inset Graphics
37536 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37552 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37554 \begin_inset space ~
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 Formats text using the current settings in the
37587 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37589 \begin_inset space ~
37600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 \begin_inset Graphics
37606 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37623 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37625 \begin_inset space ~
37634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37639 \begin_inset Graphics
37640 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37642 rotateOrigin center
37651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37669 \begin_inset Graphics
37670 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37672 rotateOrigin center
37681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37699 \begin_inset Graphics
37700 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37702 rotateOrigin center
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 Toggle outline window on/off,
37717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37732 rotateOrigin center
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37745 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37756 \begin_inset Graphics
37757 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37758 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37759 rotateOrigin center
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37785 \begin_layout Subsection
37787 \begin_inset Index idx
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37800 \begin_inset Graphics
37801 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37810 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37817 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37821 \begin_layout Standard
37822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37829 \begin_inset Tabular
37830 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37831 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37832 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37833 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37839 \begin_inset Graphics
37840 filename ../images/layout.png
37841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37842 rotateOrigin center
37851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 \begin_inset Graphics
37867 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37869 rotateOrigin center
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 \begin_inset Graphics
37894 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37896 rotateOrigin center
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37920 \begin_inset Graphics
37921 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37923 rotateOrigin center
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37947 \begin_inset Graphics
37948 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37949 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37950 rotateOrigin center
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 \begin_inset Graphics
37975 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37977 rotateOrigin center
37986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37994 \begin_inset space ~
37998 \begin_inset space ~
38007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 \begin_inset Graphics
38013 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38015 rotateOrigin center
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38036 \begin_inset space ~
38045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 \begin_inset Graphics
38051 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38068 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 \begin_inset Graphics
38081 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38098 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 \begin_inset Graphics
38111 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 \begin_inset Graphics
38140 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_inset Graphics
38169 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 \begin_inset Graphics
38198 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38216 \begin_inset space ~
38225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 \begin_inset Graphics
38231 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38249 \begin_inset space ~
38258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38263 \begin_inset Graphics
38264 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38292 \begin_inset Graphics
38293 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38295 rotateOrigin center
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38312 \begin_inset space ~
38321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 \begin_inset Graphics
38327 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38344 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38346 \begin_inset space ~
38355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 \begin_inset Graphics
38361 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38362 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 \begin_inset Graphics
38390 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38391 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 \begin_inset Graphics
38419 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 \begin_inset Graphics
38463 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38464 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38480 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38492 \begin_inset Graphics
38493 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38494 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38510 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 \begin_inset Graphics
38527 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38529 rotateOrigin center
38538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38546 \begin_inset space ~
38555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 \begin_inset Graphics
38561 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38563 rotateOrigin center
38572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 \begin_inset Graphics
38595 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38597 rotateOrigin center
38606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38626 \begin_layout Subsection
38627 View / Update Toolbar
38628 \begin_inset Index idx
38631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38632 Toolbar ! View / Update
38640 \begin_layout Standard
38641 \begin_inset Graphics
38642 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38649 \begin_layout Standard
38650 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38656 \begin_layout Standard
38657 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38668 \begin_layout Standard
38669 \begin_inset Tabular
38670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38671 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38672 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38673 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38679 \begin_inset Graphics
38680 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38682 rotateOrigin center
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 \begin_inset Graphics
38710 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38711 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38712 rotateOrigin center
38721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38728 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 \begin_inset Graphics
38741 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38743 rotateOrigin center
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 \begin_inset Graphics
38771 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38773 rotateOrigin center
38782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38788 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38789 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38796 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 \begin_inset Graphics
38802 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38803 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38804 rotateOrigin center
38813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38819 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38831 \begin_inset Graphics
38832 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38834 rotateOrigin center
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38850 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 \begin_layout Subsection
38868 \begin_layout Standard
38869 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38870 \begin_inset space ~
38874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38876 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38880 , the table toolbar
38881 \begin_inset Index idx
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38894 manual, the math macro toolbar
38895 \begin_inset Index idx
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38911 \begin_layout Chapter
38912 The Document Settings
38913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38915 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38920 \begin_inset Index idx
38923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 Document ! Settings
38932 \begin_layout Standard
38933 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38934 whole document and is called with the menu
38936 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38940 You can save your document settings as default with th
38942 e Save as Document Defaults
38944 button in the dialog.
38945 This will create a template name
38953 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38957 \begin_layout Standard
38958 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38961 \begin_layout Section
38965 \begin_layout Standard
38966 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38968 Document classes are described in section
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38975 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38980 Some classes use some class options by default.
38981 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38985 and you can decide to use them or not.
38986 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38987 recommended not to touch them.
38988 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38994 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
38995 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 When you want one of the following drivers
39002 \begin_inset Newline newline
39005 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39006 \begin_inset Newline newline
39009 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39016 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39030 child or subdocument.
39031 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39032 without its master.
39033 This way child documents are always compilable.
39034 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39045 \begin_layout Section
39049 \begin_layout Standard
39050 Modules are explained in section
39051 \begin_inset space ~
39055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39057 reference "sub:Modules"
39064 \begin_layout Section
39068 \begin_layout Standard
39069 The document font settings are described in section
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39076 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39083 \begin_layout Section
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39088 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39090 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39094 \begin_layout Standard
39095 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39096 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39097 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39100 \begin_layout Standard
39101 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39109 \begin_layout Section
39113 \begin_layout Standard
39114 A description of this menu is given in section
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39121 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39128 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39135 \begin_layout Section
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39147 reference "sub:Margins"
39154 \begin_layout Section
39156 \begin_inset Index idx
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39160 Language ! Encoding
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39170 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39171 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39172 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39173 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39174 known for a particular character).
39178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39179 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39180 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39185 manual for details.
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 If you use the option
39198 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39199 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39200 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39201 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39202 exactly one encoding.
39203 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39212 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39213 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39215 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39216 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39230 \begin_layout Standard
39231 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39232 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39233 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39234 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39235 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39236 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39241 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39242 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39243 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39246 \begin_layout Standard
39247 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39250 \begin_layout Description
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39260 \begin_inset space ~
39267 , but the LaTeX-package
39272 \begin_inset Index idx
39275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39282 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39283 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39284 languages in TeX code.
39287 \begin_layout Description
39288 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39289 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39290 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39293 \begin_layout Description
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset space ~
39302 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39305 \begin_layout Description
39307 \begin_inset space ~
39311 \begin_inset space ~
39314 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39317 \begin_layout Description
39319 \begin_inset space ~
39322 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39325 \begin_layout Description
39327 \begin_inset space ~
39331 \begin_inset space ~
39334 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39335 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39338 \begin_layout Description
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39347 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39351 \begin_layout Description
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39357 \begin_inset space ~
39360 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39361 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39364 \begin_layout Description
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset space ~
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39377 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_layout Description
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39394 \begin_inset space ~
39397 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39398 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39401 \begin_layout Description
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39407 \begin_inset space ~
39410 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39411 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39412 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_layout Description
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39432 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39433 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39434 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39435 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39446 \begin_layout Description
39448 \begin_inset space ~
39452 \begin_inset space ~
39455 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39458 \begin_layout Description
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39467 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39470 \begin_layout Description
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_inset space ~
39479 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39482 \begin_layout Description
39484 \begin_inset space ~
39487 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39490 \begin_layout Description
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39495 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39498 \begin_layout Description
39500 \begin_inset space ~
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39507 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39510 \begin_layout Description
39512 \begin_inset space ~
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39522 \begin_layout Description
39524 \begin_inset space ~
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39531 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39534 \begin_layout Description
39536 \begin_inset space ~
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39546 \begin_layout Description
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39555 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39560 \begin_inset Index idx
39563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39564 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39569 , when using this, set the document language to
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39583 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39587 , when using this, set the document language to
39592 \begin_layout Description
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39601 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39606 \begin_inset Index idx
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39615 , when using this, set the document language to
39620 \begin_layout Description
39622 \begin_inset space ~
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39629 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39633 , when using this, set the document language to
39638 \begin_layout Description
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39644 \begin_inset space ~
39647 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39651 , when using this, set the document language to
39656 \begin_layout Description
39658 \begin_inset space ~
39661 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39677 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39693 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39694 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39695 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_layout Description
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39719 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39720 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39723 \begin_layout Description
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39732 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39737 \begin_inset Index idx
39740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39741 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39746 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39762 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39771 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39795 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39800 \begin_inset Index idx
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39804 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39809 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39812 \begin_layout Description
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39817 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39822 \begin_inset Index idx
39825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39826 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39832 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39836 \begin_layout Description
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39846 \begin_inset space ~
39849 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_layout Description
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39869 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39870 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39871 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39875 \begin_layout Description
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39888 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39889 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39892 \begin_layout Section
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39897 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
39898 depth in the table of contents as described in section
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39905 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39912 \begin_layout Section
39916 \begin_layout Standard
39917 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39922 \begin_inset Index idx
39925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39936 \begin_inset Index idx
39939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39940 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39946 For a further description see section
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39953 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39960 \begin_layout Section
39964 \begin_layout Standard
39965 The PDF properties are explained in section
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39972 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39979 \begin_layout Section
39983 \begin_layout Standard
39984 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39989 \begin_inset Index idx
39992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39993 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40003 \begin_inset Index idx
40006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40012 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40015 \begin_layout Standard
40020 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40021 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40029 is used for special integral characters.
40032 \begin_layout Section
40036 \begin_layout Standard
40037 The float placement options are described in section
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40044 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40051 \begin_layout Section
40055 \begin_layout Standard
40056 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40057 The itemize environment is described in section
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40064 reference "sec:Itemize"
40071 \begin_layout Section
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40076 Branches are described in section
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40083 reference "sec:Branches"
40090 \begin_layout Section
40095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40107 to define LaTeX-commands.
40108 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40109 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40114 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40121 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40128 \begin_layout Chapter
40134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40136 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40141 \begin_inset Index idx
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40156 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40160 It has the following submenus.
40163 \begin_layout Section
40167 \begin_layout Subsection
40171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40172 User Interface File
40173 \begin_inset Index idx
40176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40177 Customization ! of toolbars
40183 \begin_inset Index idx
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40187 Customization ! of menus
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40204 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40213 \begin_layout Standard
40214 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40215 interface (ui) file.
40216 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40217 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40226 Both files are loaded by the
40231 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40232 files and edit the entries.
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40236 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40248 entries must be ended with an explicit
40273 and in the case of the
40274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40286 The syntax for the entries is:
40289 \begin_layout Standard
40290 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40320 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40323 All LyX-functions are listed in
40324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40333 \begin_layout Standard
40334 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40340 \begin_layout Standard
40341 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40343 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40346 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40351 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40377 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40380 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40390 Enable tool tips in main work area
40392 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40411 restoring of window layout and geometries
40413 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40414 in the last LyX session.
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40420 Restore cursor positions
40422 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40429 Load opened files from last session
40431 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40438 name "sub:Backup documents"
40443 \begin_inset Index idx
40446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40455 \begin_layout Standard
40460 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40468 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40471 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40473 \begin_inset space ~
40481 \begin_layout Standard
40484 Open documents in tabs
40486 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40490 \begin_layout Subsection
40492 \begin_inset Index idx
40495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40504 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40524 This section only deals with the fonts
40529 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40533 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40544 \begin_layout Standard
40545 By default, LyX uses
40549 as roman (serif) font,
40557 (depends on the system) as
40560 \begin_inset space ~
40576 \begin_layout Standard
40577 You can change the font size with the
40582 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40583 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40586 \begin_layout Standard
40591 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40592 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40597 points have the size of 1
40598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40608 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40615 \begin_layout Standard
40620 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40625 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40626 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40632 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40639 \begin_layout Standard
40642 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40644 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40645 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40646 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40647 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40649 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40656 \begin_layout Subsection
40658 \begin_inset Index idx
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40668 \begin_inset Index idx
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 \begin_layout Standard
40681 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40682 Choose an item in the list and use the
40689 \begin_layout Subsection
40691 \begin_inset Index idx
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 Settings ! Graphics
40703 \begin_layout Standard
40704 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40707 \begin_layout Standard
40712 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40713 This feature is described in section
40714 \begin_inset space ~
40718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40720 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40727 \begin_layout Section
40729 \begin_inset Index idx
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40741 \begin_layout Subsection
40745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40749 \begin_layout Standard
40752 Cursor follows scrollbar
40754 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40758 \begin_layout Standard
40761 Sort environments alphabetically
40763 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40766 \begin_layout Standard
40769 Group environments by their category
40771 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40774 \begin_layout Standard
40775 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40792 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40797 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40798 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40802 \begin_layout Subsection
40804 \begin_inset Index idx
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 \begin_inset Index idx
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 Settings ! Shortcuts
40826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40830 \begin_layout Standard
40831 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40832 Several binding files are available:
40835 \begin_layout Description
40836 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40839 \begin_layout Description
40840 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40851 \begin_layout Description
40852 mac.bind set of bindings for
40855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40863 \begin_layout Standard
40864 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40868 , and bind files for special languages.
40869 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40874 \begin_inset space \space{}
40878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40886 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40890 \begin_layout Standard
40891 Some bind-files, like
40895 , have only a small scope.
40896 When looking at the the end of the file
40900 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40907 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40912 \begin_inset Index idx
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 Key Bindings ! Editing
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40925 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40926 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40927 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40930 Show key-bindings containing
40933 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40934 Insert there for example as keyword
40935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40942 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40952 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40953 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40957 that you will find in the
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40970 \begin_inset space \space{}
40981 , select the function and press the
40986 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40987 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40988 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40989 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40990 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
40992 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40994 The binding for the function
40998 is an example of this.
41001 \begin_layout Standard
41002 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41004 The syntax of the entries is:
41007 \begin_layout Standard
41013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41031 \begin_layout Subsection
41033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41043 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41048 \begin_inset Index idx
41051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 \begin_inset Index idx
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41070 \begin_layout Standard
41071 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41072 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41078 \begin_inset space \space{}
41081 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41082 can use the keyboard map file named
41089 \begin_layout Standard
41090 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41106 \begin_layout Standard
41107 Besides this, you can specify here the
41109 Wheel scrolling speed
41112 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41116 \begin_layout Subsection
41118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41120 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41125 \begin_inset Index idx
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41138 Input completion is described in sec.
41139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41145 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41150 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41152 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41153 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41157 \begin_layout Section
41159 \begin_inset Index idx
41162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41169 \begin_inset Index idx
41172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41181 \begin_layout Description
41183 \begin_inset space ~
41186 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41187 It is the default when you
41198 \begin_inset space ~
41206 \begin_layout Description
41208 \begin_inset space ~
41211 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41213 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41215 \begin_inset space ~
41219 \begin_inset space ~
41227 \begin_layout Description
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41238 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41242 \begin_inset Newline newline
41246 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41258 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41266 \begin_layout Description
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset Index idx
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41282 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41283 \begin_inset space ~
41287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41289 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41297 will be used to save the backups.
41298 \begin_inset Newline newline
41301 The backup files have the ending
41302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41312 \begin_layout Description
41317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41325 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41326 \begin_inset Newline newline
41330 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41346 \begin_layout Description
41348 \begin_inset space ~
41351 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41354 \begin_layout Description
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41359 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41360 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41361 to find it on the system.
41362 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41363 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41372 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41373 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41377 \begin_layout Section
41381 \begin_layout Standard
41382 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41383 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41385 \begin_inset space ~
41389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41391 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41395 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41398 \begin_layout Section
41400 \begin_inset Index idx
41403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41404 Language ! Settings
41410 \begin_inset Index idx
41413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 Settings ! Language
41422 \begin_layout Subsection
41426 \begin_layout Description
41428 \begin_inset space ~
41432 \begin_inset space ~
41435 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41436 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41437 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41438 You find the actual translation status here:
41439 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41441 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41442 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41449 \begin_layout Description
41451 \begin_inset space ~
41454 language is the language used in new documents
41457 \begin_layout Description
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41462 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41464 The default is the LaTeX-command
41470 that loads the package
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41480 \begin_inset space ~
41484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41486 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41496 \begin_inset Newline newline
41503 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41504 to the document language.
41505 A text label is, for instance, the word
41506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41513 at the beginning of every table caption.
41516 \begin_layout Description
41518 \begin_inset space ~
41521 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41522 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41523 An example is the start command
41529 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41549 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41554 \begin_layout Description
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41564 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41565 command toggles the package on and off.
41568 \begin_layout Description
41570 \begin_inset space ~
41580 \begin_layout Description
41581 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41582 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41583 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41584 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41591 \begin_layout Description
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41596 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41598 When this option is not set, the
41601 \begin_inset space ~
41606 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41607 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41610 \begin_inset space ~
41618 \begin_layout Description
41620 \begin_inset space ~
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41632 When it is not set, the
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41640 is set to the end of the document.
41643 \begin_layout Description
41645 \begin_inset space ~
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41652 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41653 language will be underlined blue.
41656 \begin_layout Description
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41665 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41666 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41669 \begin_layout Description
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41674 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41675 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41676 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41677 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41680 \begin_layout Subsection
41684 \begin_layout Standard
41685 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41692 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41699 \begin_layout Section
41703 \begin_layout Subsection
41705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41712 \begin_inset Index idx
41715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41722 \begin_inset Index idx
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41734 \begin_layout Description
41736 \begin_inset space ~
41739 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41740 The name will be used when the
41745 \begin_inset Newline newline
41749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41757 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41765 \begin_layout Description
41767 \begin_inset space ~
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset space ~
41778 printer This option works only for the
41783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41795 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41796 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41799 \begin_layout Description
41801 \begin_inset space ~
41804 command is the command LyX
41805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41812 LaTeX uses for printing.
41813 The default is on most systems
41820 \begin_layout Description
41822 \begin_inset space ~
41826 \begin_inset space ~
41829 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41830 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41831 of the program that provides the
41838 \begin_layout Subsection
41840 \begin_inset Index idx
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 \begin_inset Index idx
41853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 Settings ! Date format
41862 \begin_layout Standard
41863 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41864 \begin_inset Newline newline
41868 \begin_inset Flex URL
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41873 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41879 \begin_inset Newline newline
41882 For example the format
41883 \begin_inset Newline newline
41887 \begin_inset Newline newline
41890 prints the date as day/month/year.
41893 \begin_layout Subsection
41897 \begin_layout Description
41899 \begin_inset space ~
41903 \begin_inset space ~
41906 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41909 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41910 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41912 \begin_inset space ~
41918 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41922 \begin_layout Description
41924 \begin_inset space ~
41927 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41932 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41933 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41936 \begin_layout Subsection
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41951 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41956 \begin_inset Index idx
41959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 \begin_layout Description
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 \begin_inset space ~
41984 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41989 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42011 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42024 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42025 LyX sets up in the background.
42026 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42029 \begin_layout Description
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42035 \begin_inset space ~
42038 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42043 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42046 \begin_layout Standard
42047 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42048 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42049 manuals of the applications.
42050 Currently the following commands can be set:
42053 \begin_layout Description
42058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 \begin_inset space ~
42069 command Command for the program
42073 that is described in the section
42079 Additional Features
42084 \begin_layout Description
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42100 command Command for the program
42104 that generates the bibliography, see section
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42111 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42118 \begin_layout Description
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42123 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42130 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42137 \begin_layout Description
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42142 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42143 \begin_inset space ~
42147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42149 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42156 \begin_layout Description
42158 \begin_inset space ~
42162 \begin_inset space ~
42166 \begin_inset space ~
42170 \begin_inset space ~
42173 options They only have an effect when the program
42177 is used as DVI-viewer.
42180 \begin_layout Standard
42181 There are additionally the following options:
42184 \begin_layout Description
42186 \begin_inset space ~
42190 \begin_inset space ~
42194 \begin_inset space ~
42198 \begin_inset space ~
42202 \begin_inset space ~
42205 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42223 to separate folders.
42224 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42225 \begin_inset Index idx
42228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42235 \begin_inset Index idx
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 \begin_layout Description
42249 \begin_inset space ~
42253 \begin_inset space ~
42257 \begin_inset space ~
42261 \begin_inset space ~
42265 \begin_inset space ~
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42272 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42277 dialog when changing the document class.
42280 \begin_layout Section
42282 \begin_inset space ~
42286 \begin_inset Index idx
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42298 \begin_layout Subsection
42300 \begin_inset Index idx
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42312 \begin_layout Standard
42313 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42314 from one format to another.
42315 You can modify them or create new ones.
42316 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42323 \begin_inset space ~
42333 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42337 \begin_inset space ~
42342 drop-down list, modify the
42346 field, and press the
42353 \begin_layout Standard
42356 Converter File Cache
42358 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42361 Maximum Age (in days
42364 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42365 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42368 \begin_layout Standard
42369 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42370 the converter definition, is described in the section
42381 \begin_layout Subsection
42383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42385 name "sec:File-Formats"
42390 \begin_inset Index idx
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 \begin_inset Index idx
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42412 \begin_layout Standard
42413 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42414 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42418 \begin_layout Standard
42419 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42420 is described in the section
42431 \begin_layout Standard
42432 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42433 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42434 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42435 This is done by specifying a
42440 More about this is described in the section
42451 \begin_layout Chapter
42452 Units available in LyX
42453 \begin_inset Index idx
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42465 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42472 \begin_layout Standard
42473 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42476 reference "cap:Units"
42480 explains all units available in LyX.
42483 \begin_layout Standard
42484 \begin_inset Float table
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 \begin_inset Caption
42493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42517 \begin_inset Tabular
42518 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42519 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42672 scaled point (65536
42673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42733 \begin_inset Formula $\approx
42738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42789 % of original image width
42796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43003 \begin_layout Chapter
43005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43014 \begin_layout Standard
43015 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43016 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43019 \begin_layout Itemize
43022 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43025 \begin_layout Itemize
43031 \begin_layout Itemize
43037 \begin_layout Itemize
43043 \begin_layout Itemize
43049 \begin_layout Itemize
43055 \begin_layout Itemize
43061 \begin_layout Itemize
43067 \begin_layout Itemize
43070 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43073 \begin_layout Itemize
43079 \begin_layout Itemize
43085 \begin_layout Itemize
43091 \begin_layout Itemize
43097 \begin_layout Itemize
43103 \begin_layout Itemize
43109 \begin_layout Itemize
43115 \begin_layout Itemize
43121 \begin_layout Itemize
43123 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43132 \begin_layout Standard
43133 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43136 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43143 \begin_layout Bibliography
43144 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43145 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43146 LatexCommand bibitem
43153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43156 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43161 \begin_inset Newline newline
43165 \begin_inset Flex URL
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43178 \begin_layout Bibliography
43179 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43180 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43181 LatexCommand bibitem
43182 key "latexcompanion"
43186 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43188 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43191 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43194 \begin_layout Bibliography
43195 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43196 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43197 LatexCommand bibitem
43202 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43205 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43208 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43211 \begin_layout Bibliography
43212 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43214 LatexCommand bibitem
43221 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43224 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43227 \begin_layout Bibliography
43228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43230 LatexCommand bibitem
43242 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43245 \begin_layout Bibliography
43246 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43248 LatexCommand bibitem
43254 \begin_inset Newline newline
43258 \begin_inset Flex URL
43261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43263 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43271 \begin_layout Bibliography
43272 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43273 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43274 LatexCommand bibitem
43280 \begin_inset Newline newline
43284 \begin_inset Flex URL
43287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43289 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43297 \begin_layout Bibliography
43298 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43299 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43300 LatexCommand bibitem
43306 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43308 name "Documentation"
43309 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43318 \begin_inset Newline newline
43322 \begin_inset Flex URL
43325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43327 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43335 \begin_layout Bibliography
43336 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43337 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43338 LatexCommand bibitem
43344 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43346 name "Documentation"
43347 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43351 how to use the program
43356 \begin_inset Newline newline
43360 \begin_inset Flex URL
43363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43373 \begin_layout Bibliography
43374 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43375 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43376 LatexCommand bibitem
43382 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43384 name "Documentation"
43385 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43394 \begin_inset Newline newline
43398 \begin_inset Flex URL
43401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43403 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43411 \begin_layout Bibliography
43412 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43414 LatexCommand bibitem
43420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43422 name "Documentation"
43423 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43432 \begin_inset Newline newline
43436 \begin_inset Flex URL
43439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43441 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43449 \begin_layout Bibliography
43450 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43452 LatexCommand bibitem
43458 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43460 name "Documentation"
43461 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43465 of the LaTeX-package
43470 \begin_inset Index idx
43473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43474 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43480 \begin_inset Newline newline
43484 \begin_inset Flex URL
43487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43489 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43497 \begin_layout Bibliography
43498 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43500 LatexCommand bibitem
43506 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43508 name "Documentation"
43509 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43513 of the LaTeX-package
43518 \begin_inset Index idx
43521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43522 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43528 \begin_inset Newline newline
43532 \begin_inset Flex URL
43535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43545 \begin_layout Bibliography
43546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43548 LatexCommand bibitem
43556 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43558 name "Documentation"
43559 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43565 of the LaTeX-package
43570 \begin_inset Index idx
43573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43574 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43580 \begin_inset Newline newline
43584 \begin_inset Flex URL
43587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43589 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43597 \begin_layout Bibliography
43598 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43599 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43600 LatexCommand bibitem
43606 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43608 name "Documentation"
43609 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43613 of the LaTeX-package
43618 \begin_inset Index idx
43621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43622 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43628 \begin_inset Newline newline
43632 \begin_inset Flex URL
43635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43637 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43645 \begin_layout Bibliography
43646 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43648 LatexCommand bibitem
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43656 name "Documentation"
43657 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43661 of the LaTeX-package
43666 \begin_inset Index idx
43669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43670 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43676 \begin_inset Newline newline
43680 \begin_inset Flex URL
43683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43685 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43693 \begin_layout Bibliography
43694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43696 LatexCommand bibitem
43702 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43704 name "Documentation"
43705 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43709 of the LaTeX-package
43714 \begin_inset Index idx
43717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43724 \begin_inset Newline newline
43728 \begin_inset Flex URL
43731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43733 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43741 \begin_layout Bibliography
43742 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43743 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43744 LatexCommand bibitem
43750 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43753 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43757 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43758 \begin_inset Newline newline
43762 \begin_inset Flex URL
43765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43767 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43775 \begin_layout Bibliography
43776 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43777 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43778 LatexCommand bibitem
43784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43787 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43791 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43809 \begin_layout Bibliography
43810 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43812 LatexCommand bibitem
43818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43821 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43825 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43826 \begin_inset Newline newline
43830 \begin_inset Flex URL
43833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43835 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43843 \begin_layout Bibliography
43844 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43845 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43846 LatexCommand bibitem
43852 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43855 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43859 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43860 \begin_inset Newline newline
43864 \begin_inset Flex URL
43867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43869 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43877 \begin_layout Bibliography
43878 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43879 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43880 LatexCommand bibitem
43886 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43889 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43893 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43894 \begin_inset Newline newline
43898 \begin_inset Flex URL
43901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43903 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43911 \begin_layout Bibliography
43912 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43914 LatexCommand bibitem
43920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43923 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43927 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43928 \begin_inset Newline newline
43932 \begin_inset Flex URL
43935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43937 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43945 \begin_layout Bibliography
43946 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43948 LatexCommand bibitem
43954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43957 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43961 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43962 \begin_inset Newline newline
43966 \begin_inset Flex URL
43969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43971 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43979 \begin_layout Bibliography
43980 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43981 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43982 LatexCommand bibitem
43988 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43991 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43995 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43996 \begin_inset Newline newline
44000 \begin_inset Flex URL
44003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44005 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44013 \begin_layout Bibliography
44014 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44015 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44016 LatexCommand bibitem
44022 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44025 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44029 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44030 \begin_inset Newline newline
44034 \begin_inset Flex URL
44037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44039 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44047 \begin_layout Bibliography
44048 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44050 LatexCommand bibitem
44056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44059 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44063 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44064 \begin_inset Newline newline
44068 \begin_inset Flex URL
44071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44073 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44081 \begin_layout Bibliography
44082 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44083 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44084 LatexCommand bibitem
44090 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44093 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44097 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44098 \begin_inset Newline newline
44102 \begin_inset Flex URL
44105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44107 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44115 \begin_layout Bibliography
44116 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44117 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44118 LatexCommand bibitem
44124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44127 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44131 about new features in
44136 \begin_inset Newline newline
44140 \begin_inset Flex URL
44143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44145 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44153 \begin_layout Standard
44154 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44188 \begin_inset Note Note
44191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44198 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44199 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44200 bibliography is the second one:
44208 \begin_layout Standard
44209 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44210 LatexCommand bibtex
44211 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44212 options "biblio/alphadin"
44219 \begin_layout Standard
44220 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44223 \begin_layout Standard
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44227 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44233 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44234 LatexCommand printindex
projects / lyx.git / blob